ANNEX 
 
 
 
 + 7 t 
 
 California 
 
 3gional 
 
 Lcility
 
 Ex Li ns , FRANZ THEOI'S 
 C. K. OGDEN 1 Series of 
 
 SSICAL AND ORIENTAL GRAMMARS 
 
 1 practical Method, with Exercises, Reading- 
 Lessons and Dialogues. 
 
 All uniform in siie 8vo. and neatly bound in Cloth. f g, d 
 
 GERMAN GRAMMAR by Meissner. 10th Ed. ... 036 
 
 Key to ditto, sewed .... 1 
 FRENCH GRAMMAR by Ahn. 8th Ed 03 (5 
 
 ,, Key to ditto, sewed .... o 1 
 ITALIAN GRAMMAR by Marchetti. 4th Ed 04 
 
 Key to ditto, sewed ..,,..010 
 SPANISH GRAMMAR by Salvo. 2nd Ed o 4 o 
 
 Key to ditto, sewed 010 
 
 PORTUGUESE GRAMMAR by Cabano. 2nd Ed. ..04 
 SWEDISH GRAMMAR by Lenstrom. 2nd Ed. . 4 <> 
 
 DANISH GRAMMAR by Lund. 2nd Ed 040 
 
 Key to ditto 010 
 
 DUTCH GRAMMAR by Ahn. 2nd Ed 04 
 
 RUSSIAN GRAMMAR by Alexandrow 040 
 
 MODERN GREEK GRAMMAR by Vlachos .... 4 
 
 ICELANDIC GRAMMAR by Rask 4 
 
 HEBREW GRAMMAR by Herxheimer 040 
 
 Key to ditto 020 
 
 LATIN GRAMMAR by Seidenstucker. 2nd Ed. ... 3 
 
 Key to ditto 016 
 
 The above Series ofGrammars, are written by various author's, on the 
 plan laid down in Ahn's French Grammar published by Franz Thimm. 
 The prevalent idea in these grammars is that of teaching a lan- 
 guage easily and pleasantly, of adapting it to every capacity, of 
 removing aft unecessary difficulties and at the same time of impar- 
 ting the necessary grammatical knowledge. 
 
 ITALIAN 
 
 SPANISH 
 
 PORTUGUESE 
 
 SWEDISH 
 
 DANISH . 
 
 DUTCH 
 
 NEW SERIES OF FOREIGN DIALOGUES, 
 
 On an entirely new and practical plan, calculated to insure a rapid 
 
 acquisition of Foreign Languages. 12mo. Cloth. i 
 
 GERMAN and ENGLISH Dialogues, by Meissner. 
 
 FRENCH , by Dudevaut. 
 
 by Marchetti. o 
 by Salvo. 
 
 by Monteiro. 
 by Lenstro'm. 
 by Lund. 
 
 by Harlen. 
 
 TURKISH, RUSSIAN, ENGLISH and FRENCH Vocabu- 
 lary for Travellers in the East 026 
 
 A correct and fluent conversation will soon be obtained by the use 
 of these Dialogues for they contain nothing but important matter. The 
 words generally in use, the easy colloquial phrases and the idiomatic ex- 
 pressions of the language, whicn form the essence of correct conversation, 
 nave been carefully arranged, so as to make these Dialogues really useful. 
 Published by Mr. FRANZ THIMM, Foreign Publisher, 
 
 34 Brook Street, Grroavenor Square, Ixmdou. 
 
 .
 
 TO 
 
 for the Study 
 
 of Foreign Languages 
 
 published by 
 
 FRANZ THIMM, 
 
 Foreign Bookseller and Publisher, 
 24 Brook Street, Grosvenor Square, London W. 
 
 German Language. 
 
 The Child's German Book, by Hahn. 5th Ed. 12mo. Cloth 
 Schmid, Cli., One Hundred German Tales,by Mathias. 4thEd. 
 Hah n's Interlinear German Reading Book (llamiltonian Syst.) 
 G e i s 1 e r, the first book of German Poetry. 1 2mo. Cloth . . 
 Les sing's Fabeln, with english Notes by Hill. 12mo. boards 
 
 II. For the Class Room. 
 
 Julius German Writing Copies : "the best published" 3rd Ed. 
 T hi mm's German Copy Book "Julius's System" 4to . . . 
 Halm's German Tales and Stories, with english Notes, Cloth 0. 
 C a rove's Ma rehcn ohne Ende,Notes by Mathias. 16mo. Cloth 
 S chin id's German School Plays with Notes by Hill, Cloth 
 Kotzebue's Deutsche Kleinstiidter, notes by Meissner . 
 ,, Pagenstreiche, ditto. . 
 
 T h i m m's History of German Literature 12mo. Cloth. 2nd Ed. 
 Meissner's German Exercise Book, 8vo. Cloth . . . . 
 
 Key to ditto Svo. . . . 
 
 Geissler's The Most beautiful German Ballads and Poems 
 Franck's Deutscher Briefsteller (German Letter Writer) 
 Schiller's Wilhelm Tell, english Notes by Meissner . . 
 ,, Ncffe als Onkel, with english Notes by Meissner 
 
 Goethe's Egmont, english Note? by 0. von Wcgnern . . i> 
 
 French Language. 
 
 Child's French Book by Hahn. 12mo. Cloth . . . 
 
 Ah n's French Class Book. 4th Ed. Cloth . . . . 
 
 Poesies dc 1'Enfance par Francois Louis. 12mo. boards 
 
 Ah n's French Header, with english Notes. Svo. Cloth o 
 
 French Grammar, sth Kd. /*\o. Cloth . . . . 
 
 Mo lie re, Le Bourgeois Gentilhomme, with english Notes 
 
 by Dudevant ... .... . 
 
 ' 
 
 Q 
 
 
 6 
 6 
 B 
 
 2 
 
 t G 
 
 1 G 
 3 G 
 
 2 o 
 5 
 2 
 2 
 5 
 2 G 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 3 6 
 
 2 
 
 1 c. 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 1 6 
 
 2 6 
 
 1 6 
 
 3 6 
 
 I G 
 
 FRANZ TIIIMM'S French Sell-fa tight. new System on the most 
 simple principles, hvo. sewed, "one Shilling." 
 (I'erinnii Self-taught "one Shilling." 
 . Italian Self-taught "one Shilling." 
 Spanish Self-taught "one Shilling." 
 
 FRAJfZ THIMM, 
 
 i-l Brook Street, Orosvenor Square, Ixmdon. 
 
 *4- *** 4" 

 
 &*#'**&;! 
 
 NEW BOOKS PUBLISHED 
 % fflUKX T1L\DL 
 
 24 Brook Street, Grosvenor Square. London. 
 
 in the press. 
 
 Commercial Correspondences. 
 GERMAN AND ENGLISH Commercial CgKcspondencei 
 FRENCH AND ENGLISH ditto by Dudevant 
 ITALIAN AND ENGLISH ditto by Marchetti I 
 SPANISH AND ENGLISH ditto by Salvo ) 
 
 Italian Language. 
 
 ITALIAN SELF-TAUGHT. A new system on the most * s. 
 simple principles for self -tuition ........ 01 
 
 MARCHETITS Italian Grammar. 3rd Ed. 8vo. Cloth 04 
 Key to the Grammar.-. 8vo. sewed ..01 
 
 "One of the most practical Grammars published, full of exercises, 
 reading lessons and Dialogues." 
 
 MARCHETTI'S Italian and English Idiomatic Dialogues. Cl. 2 
 BL ANC'S Italian and English pocket Dictionary. 24mo. Cloth J 
 
 Spanish. Language. 
 
 SPANISH SELF-TAUGHT. A new system on the most 
 simple principles for self-tuition with complete english 
 pronundat ........... .... 1 
 
 SALVO'S Spanish Grammar. 2nd Ed. 8vo. Cloth ..04 
 Key to the Grammar. 8vo. sewed ..... 01 
 Spanish and English Idiomatic Dialogues. Cloth 2 
 
 BLANC'S Spanish and English pocket Dictionary. Cloth S 
 
 DE MIER, El Commerciante Espanol. 8vo ...... Old 
 
 Portuguese Language. 
 
 CARBANO'S Portuguese Grammar. 2nd Ed. 8yo. Cloth 
 MONTEIRO'S Portuguese and English Idiom. Dialogues . 
 VIE YEA'S Portuguese and English Pocket Dictionary . . 
 Arte de Correspondence commercial portuguez .... 
 FONSECA, Prosas Selectaa (Portugueze Reader) .... 
 
 Danish Language. 
 LUND'S Danish Grammar. 2nd Ed. 8vo. Cloth . . 
 
 Danish and English Idiomatic Dialogues. Cloth 
 Danish and English pocket Dictionary. 12ino. Cloth . 
 FERRALL and REPP'S Danish and English Dictionary. 
 
 2 Vols. 12mo. bound ........... 
 
 HOLST'S Dansk Laesebog. Vol. I Prose 6 s. Vol. H Poetry 
 BRESEMANN'S ditto with german Notes. 12mo. . 
 The Princess Alexandra and the Royal House of 
 
 Denmark. A Genealogy. 12mo ......... 
 
 Swedish. Language. 
 
 LENSTROM'S Swedish Grammar. 2nd Ed. Svo. Cloth 
 
 Swedish and English Dialogues. 12mo. . 
 
 Svensk Laesebog i prosa og poesie. ^vo. 
 
 Sveriges Litteratur Historia. Svo. . . 
 
 TEGNER'S Frithiofs-Saga. 12mo. . ...... o 
 
 Swedish and Engh'sh Dictionary. 12mo. Cloth . . u 
 
 .. ..'-
 
 FRANZ THIMM'S 
 
 SERIES 
 
 OF 
 
 EUROPEAN GRAMMARS 
 
 AFTER AN 
 
 EASY AND PRACTICAL METHOD. 
 
 PART XI. 
 THE ICELANDIC LANGUAGE. 
 
 3L Q 2ST 3D O 3ST : 
 FRANZ THIMM, 
 
 FOREIGN BOOKSELLER AND PUBLISHER. 
 3 BROOK STREET, GROSVENOR SQUARE W. 
 
 1868.
 
 A SHORT 
 PRACTICAL AND EASY METHOD 
 
 OF LEARNING THE 
 
 OLD NORSK TONGUE 
 
 OR 
 
 ICELANDIC LANGUAGE 
 
 AFTER THE DANISH 
 
 OF 
 
 E. RASE 
 
 WITH AN ICELANDIC READER 
 
 AN ACCOUNT OF THE NORSK POETRY AND THE SAGAS 
 
 AND A MODERN ICELANDIC VOCABULARY FOR TRAVELLERS 
 
 BY 
 
 H. LUND. 
 
 SECOND CORRECTED EDITION. 
 
 IjOOXriD O3XT: 
 FRANZ THIMM, 
 
 FOREIGN BOOKSELLER AND PUBLISHER 
 
 24 LATE 3. BROOK STREET, GROSVF.KOR SQUARE W. 
 
 1869.
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 The Old Norsk or Icelandic and the Anglo-Saxon may 
 be termed the parents of the English Language, and their 
 Knowledge is not only highly useful but absolutely necessary 
 to every educated Englishman who looks upon his language with 
 the eye of a historian and philosopher. Nothing is more interest- 
 ing than to look back to these two sources from whence the 
 english tongue is derived, and a thorough knowledge of Eng- 
 lish is only possible by being acquainted with its 'origin. 
 
 These languages together with Anglo-Norman, early Ger- 
 man, ancient, medieval and modern English, ought to be 
 regularly studied. 
 
 By adapting Rask's abridgement we have indicated a simple 
 method of learning Icelandic, which we hope will be found 
 generally useful. 
 
 The Editor. 

 
 INDEX. 
 
 PART I. 
 
 Page 
 
 I. The Pronunciation 1 
 
 II. Modification of Vowels t> 
 
 Inflection of Words & 
 
 I. The Noun. 1st. Declension 8 
 
 Una. . 9 
 
 IHrd. . , . . 14 
 
 Declension of Nouns with the Article 18 
 
 II. Adjectives 20 
 
 The Comparison of Adjectives 26 
 
 HI. Pronouns 28 
 
 Numerals 3 
 
 IV. The Verb 34 
 
 Auxiliary Verbs 49 
 
 V. Particles 51 
 
 The formation of Words 52 
 
 Syntax 54 
 
 Prepositions 55 
 
 Prosody 56 
 
 PART II. 
 
 The Old Norsk Poetry and the Sagas 58-73 
 
 PART HI. 
 Icelandic Reader 74101 
 
 PART IV. 
 
 Modern Icelandic for Travellers . . 102-121
 
 PART I. 
 
 The Pronunciation. 
 
 The Alphabet. 
 
 The Icelandic Alphabet is composed of the following letters 
 
 p 
 
 renunciation 
 
 Pronunciation 
 
 A a 
 
 ah 
 
 R r 
 
 err 
 
 B b 
 
 bay 
 
 S s 
 
 s 
 
 D d 
 
 day 
 
 T t 
 
 tay 
 
 E e 
 
 a 
 
 U u 
 
 00 
 
 F f 
 
 eff 
 
 V v 
 
 vay 
 
 ^ g 
 
 ghay 
 
 X x 
 
 iks 
 
 H h 
 
 hah 
 
 Yy 
 
 ue 
 
 I i 
 
 e 
 
 Z z 
 
 zet 
 
 Ij 
 
 yod 
 
 P b 
 
 th 
 
 K k 
 
 kah 
 
 D 8 
 
 dh 
 
 L 1 
 
 el 
 
 M 83 
 
 ae 
 
 M m 
 
 em 
 
 (E 03 
 
 oe (Danish 0, Ger- 
 
 N n 
 
 en 
 
 man 
 
 ) 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 o- 
 
 oe (German 0) 
 
 P p 
 
 pay 
 
 
 
 1. 
 
 The Old Norsk order of the vowels 
 
 was the following 
 
 Vowels Diphthongs 
 
 
 a a 
 
 <B 
 
 
 au 
 
 ey 
 
 
 6 
 
 ei 
 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 
 o 6 
 
 O3 
 
 
 u u 
 
 
 
 
 y * 
 
 y 
 
 Icelandic Grammar. 1
 
 2. 6' always open, as in the danish words: Doren, Idnne. 
 
 3. e, the same as in the danish: bedre, Hest. Before the 
 open e () an j is often added in the pronunciation, which 
 generally receives the accent (') as: let (Ijet) lod, agreeing 
 with the Danish sjette from seks, jeg from tyw. It is uncer- 
 tain how far back into past ages this pronunciation may he 
 traced. 
 
 4. i, as in the danish vis, til, it comes near to the danish 
 e in leve, and is both long aiid short. When it goes over into 
 i, it sounds like the danish in Pil, vis, fire. 
 
 5. o, always open, as the danish a, it is both long and 
 short, as in: Bogen, os, komme; whilst 6 sounds like the danish 
 in Os, Stol, stor, perhaps a little broader. 
 
 6. M as in the danish words Bud, Hul, kun, long and 
 short, in its transition to u it sounds like the danish Hus, 
 Hul, brun. That this pronunciation of the M and u is the ge- 
 nuine old norsk, is proved not only by all the northern lan- 
 guages, but also by the Ferroe dialect, in which the correct 
 sound has been maintainted to this day, f. i. 
 
 oldnorsk-fcrroe danish 
 
 kunna kunne 
 
 Iritga kua kue. 
 
 7. y as in the danish Byg, hyppe; it approaches a little to 
 the danish e and is both long and short; changed into ^ it 
 sounds like the danish Ely, Syre, flyde. That y was really dis- 
 tinguished from z, is proved partly by the languages of the 
 northern continent (Fastlands sprogene) partly by the Icelandic 
 pronunciation of the day, which pronounces y in kyrr short, 
 but the letter jf long: but more particularly by the circumstance, 
 that the poets (skaldene) form a half-rhyme with t, as Fms. 6, 35. 
 
 HersU'llis parf ek ht/lli, 
 ha"lf eru void und Kalfi 
 
 8. a like the danish av in Havre, greek, latin and italian 
 au in aura with a clear a (not like the german au). 
 
 9. a> almost like aj, so that the sound of a approaches 
 the danish (e, and the sound of j somewhat resembles e (no3- 
 sten ceje . 
 
 10. au, as the danish tiw or ow, which is still the pro- 
 nunciation of the northern au, it is very much like the german 
 au: Auga, Auge, the eye.
 
 11. ey, as written, somewhat like tij, on northern monu- 
 ments (Mindesmaerker) it was often written ey, resembling the 
 german eu. That it was distinguished from ei is partly seen 
 from the Ferroe in which ey is changed into oj, ei into aj, 
 but more particularly from the old verses, in which ey with ei 
 form a half-rhyme as: Fms. 7, 13. 
 
 hvern feirra kva9 haerra 
 (hjaldr-bliks) en sik miklu 
 (beffi ofmikit eyftir 
 a"ngr) makligra at hnga. 
 
 12. ei like a broad e, in conjunction with t (or j) the 
 e loses its open sound and adopts the close one, in which 
 the sound of j is but little heard, on this account this diph- 
 thong has sometimes been written e (not the german ei). 
 
 i and 6 (see 4 et 5). 
 
 13. GB (0) like a broad danish as pronounced by the 
 people i 7a ; the j sound becomes faint and ends al- 
 most with e (as in 0je). 
 
 In many good and ancient Icelandic manuscripts this sound 
 is blended (ibreblandet) with ce, and in the modern Icelandic 
 language as (oe) has regularly changed into os (ae); in Ferroe 
 it has changed into 0, as: srekja (s0kja) ferroe: sekja, sejc. 
 
 u and ^ (see 6 et 7). 
 
 14. The simple vowels, a, o', o, u are hard e, i, y, soft 
 after g, k; the diphthongs formed with v are hard, as: d, au, 
 6, u; those formed withy, are soft; as: ce, ey, ei, i, r?, y. 
 f. i. kann, kottr, koma, kunna; alsorkdl, kaup, kol, 
 kuga; but: kenni, kirkja, kyrki; and: k%rt, keypt, 
 keipr, kif, kceli, ky>. 
 
 15. The order of the Consonants is the following: 
 
 1) soundless (silent) Consonants: 
 
 Labial letter lingual letter palatal letter 
 
 hard p, f, t, p, k, h, 
 
 soft b, v, d, 5, g, j; 
 
 2) liquids: 
 
 m, n, 1, r, s, z. 
 
 3) mixed: 
 
 x (z) 
 Of their pronunciation is to be remarked: 
 
 16. f has a double sound, namely 1) like f in the be- 
 
 1*
 
 ginning and when il is doubled, as in: fara, fra, vaff. 2) 
 like a hard v in all other cases, as: haf, nal'n, hOfn, 
 stefni, as seen in the Ferroe: Navn, Hovn, stevni, stevndi, 
 stevnt. 
 
 17. P (th) sounds like the english th in think, thought. 
 It is only found at the beginning of a word, and is therefore 
 never doubled. 9 (dh) sounds almost like the d in the danish 
 words: med, Bad, Rdd, most like the english th in: bathe, 
 father', it is heard more strongly rolling than other Consonants 
 ;is in: aQrir, o 5 last, feftrum, riQnir, faftrnar. It does 
 not appear at the beginning of words and never doubles, but 
 it changes indo dd, as: gle5 = gladdi, ry<5 = ruddi. 
 The Ancients often wrote J) for 8, if the sense expressed its 
 meaning, but they never wrote d for 9 before the 14 lh Century. 
 
 18. k has 1) the hard sound as in the danish kan, 2) 
 the soft sound >kj) as in kcert (14) but never aspirated as in 
 the Swedish kdnner; nor has sk the aspirated sound as in the 
 Swedish skdr or in the german word Scheere, but it is pronoun- 
 ced like the danish skaere. 
 
 19. g has 1) the hard sound as in gar; 2) the soft (gj) 
 as in the danish Gcer (14); 3) an aspirated sound after vow- 
 els or at the end of words or syllables, as the danish g in 
 Sag, R#g etc. We recognise this from the fact that the Ancients 
 always wrote in such cases gh, as: lOgh, vegh. But it never 
 sounded like /, not even when followed by z, this is visible in 
 the old verses, in which otherwise the half-rhyme would have 
 either been corrupted or vanished altogether, as: Fms. 6, 23. 88. 
 
 eig-i gaztu liftskost Idg-an . . . 
 s$g ek or stfltum ceg-i . . . 
 
 20. h is sounded at the beginning of words, also before 
 j\ v, I, r, M, as: hjarta, hvat, hleB, bring, hnoQa. 
 
 21. nw, has a very peculiar hard sound after diphthongs, 
 like dn, as: sleinn (sleidn) fra"nn, konn, hunn; but not 
 if nn is joined to diphthongs as a compound, as: a-nni, 
 ku-nni, in such a case and after single vowels nn is pro- 
 nounced as usual. 
 
 22. // has a similar hard pronunciation after all vowels 
 and diphthongs, and sounds like dl, as: kail, ill, ill, fill, 
 full, full; but it loses a great deal of its hardness when 
 followed by t, d, s, as: allt, felldi, fulls.
 
 23. rn sounds very hard and short, almost, like <ln or 
 more correctly like rdn, as; barn, burn, horn, it, is ihnv- 
 fore often J'onnd in defective modern manuscript:-; or hooks 
 xteirn, seirn for steinn, seinn. rl sounds likewise hard and 
 t ; hort, almost like dl or more correctly like rdl; on this account 
 one often linds jarl and jail, karl and kail, kerlingand 
 k ell ing. 
 
 24. s is always hard, like the Danish or like the gernian 
 ft (sz), never soft like the german f. 
 
 25. z always sounds like s and is only used as an ety- 
 mological sign for s, when a t, rf, or 9 has dropped as: veiz- 
 la for veitsla, islenzkr for islendskr, gerzkr for </eroWiT. 
 In old manuscripts they made use of z sometimes as an abbre- 
 viation of ss, sometimes of st, about in the same manner 
 in which the greek 'C stood for ad, in modern and good edi- 
 tions the use has been restricted, to specify distinctly the two 
 pronunciations and derivations. 
 
 26. a? always sounds hard, like ks or gs with a hard g 
 and s, as: lax, sex, Ox, uxi, (never like gs as in the frencli 
 word exact,. 
 
 27. The old Norsk pronunciation was altogether broad, 
 rich in sound (klangfuld) logical and precise. A vowel before 
 a simple consonant is rather long, whether the consonant be 
 hard or soft, as: ek (1. ask) or eg (1. Beg), set (I. sret) , las 
 (1. las; to express the short sound, the consonant is doubled, 
 as: egg, sett, hlass. 
 
 Even vowels are shortened in the pronunciation if a con- 
 sonant is added, as: 
 
 h of- uft has a long -- hof9i a short and sharp one. 
 her, slar - - - e berja, Dat. bar3i, has a short one. 
 vil - - - i -- vilja, vildi 
 
 28. To the syllable belong all consonants which follow a 
 vowel, as: ask-a, sett-u, hii I'8-in-u, vild-i, marg-ir, 
 best- a r. According to this rule the words are abbreviated at 
 the end of a line. 
 
 29. Exceptions are / and w, which belong to the vowel 
 following these letters, as: legg-jum, bOgg-va, the letter r, 
 also never attaches itself to the preceding vowel, except, when 
 it becomes altogether blended with the vowel as: steinn, 
 gncnn, hsell, full, it is generally read with the next vowel,
 
 as: ve5-rit, ve3-f, al-f, set-r; such an r will always in 
 future be thus accented f. 
 
 30. The principal accent is constantly on the first syllable 
 of the word as: ver-ald-ar-inn-ar; the secondary accent, 
 lies on the penultimate in words of three or four syllables as: 
 (Jpp -lend-in g-ar, vin-itta, svaraSi, not on the last syl- 
 lable, except in composed words, ending in a monosyllabic: 
 koniingson. 
 
 II. 
 Modification of Vowels. 
 
 The Modification of vowels plays an important part in the 
 declension and derivation of the Old Norsk Language. It is 
 of a double kind. 
 
 31. a) a into d in the principle syllable of a word if it 
 ends in u, as: aska, tisku. Sometimes even if u is dropped 
 as: blaft, Plural blo9, leaves. Jafn, jofn. Reversed: 
 
 32. 0' into a % if the termination be a, as: <3gn, agnar, 
 sometimes before ir or with shortened terminations in compounds 
 or derivations, as: agnir, jarSvegr, jar8neskf. 
 
 33. b) Before endings in , /, or r, even if these letters 
 are left out: 
 
 a into e: land, lendi nafn, nefni; 
 
 e: grOf, gef so'k, sekr; 
 
 ja i: bjart, birti djarl't, dirfist; 
 
 J8 i: hjOr5, hir5ir hjOrn, birni; 
 
 e i: regn, rignir hverfi, hvirfill; 
 
 a ce: r5, ra3<5r nd. nai; 
 
 au ey: raun, reyni draup, dreypi; 
 
 o y: son, synir of, yfir; 
 
 u ij: gu9, gy8ja full, fylli; 
 
 u y\- hiis, hysi -- pnitt, pr^Qi; 
 
 jo J: bj69a, by8r hlj65, hly9i; 
 
 ju J: fljuga, n^gf djiipt, dj^pra; 
 
 6 o? (ce): kl6, kloer b6t, boati. 
 
 o sometimes, although rarely into e, as: 
 hnot, hnetr -- tro9a, tre8r; 
 koma, kemr of, efra, efst.
 
 34. In the oldest norsk language there were long and 
 single vowels before ng, nk, these changed according to the 
 above rule, as: langt, longu, lengi, in latter times these 
 vowels were modified into diphthongs and changed thus: 
 langt, laungu, leingi. 
 
 35. Sometimes there is no modification even if i follows, 
 nor if even the vowel on other occasions is changed in its 
 root, as : land, Dativ e 1 a n d i ; 
 
 nafn, - nafni, and j>a"nki, thought 
 kappi, fighter, although: ek peinki, / think, ek keppisf, 
 / fight are used. The reason of this appears to be that in 
 such cases the vowel of the termination was not i but e, as 
 we frequently find it in manuscripts thus: lande, nafne, fianke, 
 kappe. 
 
 36. In the same way o is often found in terminations 
 instead of u, particularly, so it appears, if the chief syllable 
 received no modification of this kind, as: ero, v^ro, pin- 
 gom etc. But according to rule, there is a difference in 
 such endings between e and t, o and . 
 
 37. There are many kinds of modification in the conju- 
 gation of the verbs, which will be mentioned in the proper place. 
 
 38. Amongst the consonants change: 
 
 ndt into tt as: batt, bandt; salt, sandt. 
 ngk kk sprakk, sprang; ekkja, Enke. 
 
 39. nr into tin as: steinn, steinr; seinn, seinr; seinna, 
 sein-ra. 
 
 Ir into ll t as: holl, for hdlr, saslli for scpl-ri. 
 
 40. v is dropped at the beginning of words before o, , 
 y and r, as: verfl, var5, ur8u, yr5i, or 8 it; as also: hverf, 
 hvarf, hurfu, hyrfi, h or fit; ringt, vrangt, reiSi, Vrede, 
 But we iind that the Ancients frequently did not drop the t>, 
 as: vurQu, vyr5i, vor5it.
 
 Inflection of Words. 
 
 1. The Noun. 
 
 41. Nouns are divided into two orders, the open and the 
 dosed; the one is more simple in its inflection, the other more 
 complex. 
 
 The first has but one declension, the second has two. 
 Each has three genders. The Neuter is the most simple. 
 
 Open Order. 
 
 42. First Declension. 
 
 the eye the sunbeam the tongue 
 Neuter. Masculine. Feminine. 
 
 Sing. Nom. auga, geisli, tiinga 
 
 Ace. Dat. Gen. auga, geisla, tiingu (o) 
 
 Plural Nom. augu (o), geislar, tungur (or), 
 
 Ace. augu (o), geisla, tungur (or), 
 
 Dat. augum (om), geislum (om), tungum (om),, 
 Gen. augna geisla tiingna 
 
 43. Nouns, whose chief letter is a, change a into & be- 
 fore the terminations in u (31): 
 
 hjarta, Plural, D. hjOrtum, (the heart) 
 
 kappi - koppum, (the champion) 
 
 saga, A. D. G. sogu - sogur, sOgum, (the saga) 
 
 on the other hand a changes into u in the following syllables,, 
 
 as: harpari, hdrpurum; leikari, leikurum. 
 
 44. Some masculine substantives ending in ingi, take a 
 j in all other cases, as: 
 
 ho('5ingi, hofftingja, hofSingjar the captain; 
 illvirki, illvirkja the illdoer; 
 vili, vilja will. 
 
 45. Masculines ending in andi form their plural irregularly, 
 f. i. buaudi, which word is at the same time contracted, ast 
 Sing. Nom. buandi (the yeoman) b6ndi, (e) 
 
 Ace. Dat. Gen. biianda bonda, 
 
 Plur. Nom. Ace. buendr, boendi 1 , baendr, 
 
 Dat. buOndum, -endum, b6ndum, b^ndum,, 
 
 Gen. buanda, -enda bonda, baenda.
 
 9 
 
 46. The words herra and sfra (germ. Ilerr, english Siro, 
 father) which were used hefore Christian names of Priests 
 and Provosts (Sira Ami, The Revd. Mr. Arnei, are the only 
 masculines ending in a, they only differ from geisli in the 
 Nominative. 
 
 47. Some Feminities take in the plural not -na but only 
 -a, as in the Nom. Sing, as: Una, kanna, skepna, lilja, 
 gySja, vara. 
 
 48. The subst. kona (Queen), woman, changes in the 
 Gen. plural into kvenna (wife); the word kvinna remains 
 sometimes in this case unchanged by ancient writers, the 
 moderns always use kvenna. 
 
 Closed Order. 
 
 49. This Order embraces not only the words ending in 
 consonants, but also those ending in i and u. Ten masculine 
 substantives ending in i of the first Declension, ought to end in e. 
 
 This order is divided in two declensions, to the first be- 
 long the words ending in consonants and in , to the second 
 belong those ending in a pure sounding u. 
 
 50. Second Declension. 
 
 N. M. F. 
 
 Sing. Nom. land (land) braridr (brand) for (journey) 
 Ace. land brand for 
 
 Dat. landi (e) brandi (e) for 
 
 Gen. lands brands farar 
 
 Plnr. Nom. lOnd brandar farir (ar) 
 
 Ace. lOnd braiida farir (ar) 
 
 Dat. lOndum brondum forum 
 
 Gen. landa branda fara. 
 
 51. When there is neither a nor d', no modification oc- 
 <;urs, as: skip (ship), skip urn kontingr (king), ko nun- 
 gum eign (property), eign, eignar, eignir, eignum. 
 only one word has two forms, namely: 
 
 Sing, dagf (the day) Dat. degi, 
 Plnr. dagar - dOguni. 
 
 52. The letter r dissolves when n or I precede, into nn and 
 II, as in steinn (the stone) instead of stein r, hsell (heel) 
 instead ofhp,lr, and in longer words as: drottinn (master).
 
 10 
 
 lykill (key). Sometimes the i of the Dative drops in the 
 words ending in II as: 
 
 hsel, h61 for haeli, h61i. 
 
 In the last radical letters r and s the use fluctuates be- 
 tween r and rr, s and ss. forr, herr, hauss, iss, oss, is 
 often found because of little consequence. 
 
 Both kinds of words, if they are monosyllabic in the Norn, 
 lose the i in the Dative, as: her, is, for heri, fsi. 
 
 The r is altogether dropped after n and I when it comes 
 into collision with other consonants as in: vagn, hrafn, 
 fugl, karl (Nom. and Ace.) also after s and ss, as in ha" Is, 
 kross (in the Nom. Ace. and Gen.). 
 
 53. Words in two syllables are contracted when the pro- 
 nunciation allows it, as: 
 
 Neut. suinar (summer), sumri Plnr. sumur sumrum, sumra. 
 
 hdfu5 (head), hOfSi, hOfSum, hotSa. 
 Masc. hamri, hamrar, hamra, hOmrum 
 
 drottni, drottnar lykli, lyklar etc. 
 Some words receive an uncommon vowel in the contracted 
 forms, as: 
 me gin, might, power; D. magni, G. megins. PL megiu or 
 
 mOgn (as: goSmOgn), D. mognum, G. magna. 
 g. m. ketill (kettle), D. katli, Plur. katlar, A. katla, D. ktttlum, 
 
 g. f. alin (the ell-measure) G. lnar, - a" Inir, a" Inum, A Ina 
 
 54. To the contracted belong the Mascul. jo fur r, fjOt- 
 urr, they keep 6 throughout jofri, fjotri Plur. jOfrar, 
 fjOtr ar. 
 
 The others of this class of all three genders have only 
 an r by the ancient writers (not ur or urr), they must not 
 therefore be looked upon as contracted, as: 
 Neu. silfr (silver), silfri, 
 Mas. akr (acre), akri, Plur. akrar, 
 Fern. fjoSr (feather) fjaftrar, Plur. fjaSrir (ar) fjo5rum, fjaSra. 
 
 55. The polysyllabic neuters ending in -a5, -an or the fern. 
 ending in an are not contracted, as: 
 
 Sing. Nom. Ace. mannlikan (human being) skipan (order), 
 
 Dat. mannlikani skipan 
 
 Gen. mannlikans skipanar (-onar) 
 
 Plur. Nom. Ace. mannlikun (on) skipanir, 
 
 Dat. mannlikunum (onum) skipunum (onom) 
 
 Gtn. mannlikana skipana.
 
 11 
 
 56. Some words of this declension allow a j or v to creep 
 in before terminations which begin with a vowel, not however 
 j before i, rarely v before u. This seems to be a remnant of 
 terminations in i or u which were originally in these words. 
 
 57. The inserted letter v protects a preceding 6' (or au) 
 from changing into a or a (see $ 32) if it terminates in a it 
 lias the same effect as u. In the Plural of the Fern, the in 
 serted v takes Ihe old termination in ar 
 
 Sing. Nom. fiw (fra?) 
 
 Ace. froB 
 
 Dat. frojvi 
 
 Gen. frees 
 Plural Nom. frre 
 
 Ace. free 
 
 Dat. fro'vum (om) 
 
 Gen. fruna; 
 
 saungr or 
 
 saung or 
 
 satingvi oru (Or) 
 
 saungs orvar 
 
 saungvar orvar 
 
 saungva Orvar 
 
 saungum (om) Orum (om) 
 saungva ; r\a. 
 
 58. The inserted letter j requires the. Masculine to drop 
 the entire termination (ji) in the Sing. Dat. and to take in 
 the plural ir Ace. i. but the feminine always takes the or, so 
 that it terminates in jar, as; 
 
 Sing. Nom. nes (neck of land) dreingf ben (wound} 
 
 Ace. nes dreing hen 
 
 Dat. nesi dreing ben 
 
 Gen. ness dreings benjar 
 
 Plural Nom. nes dreingir benjar 
 
 Ace. nes dreingi benjar 
 
 Dat. nesjum dreingjum ben. j urn 
 
 Gen. nesja; dreinja; benja. 
 
 59. But there are a number of masculines with simple von els 
 or consonants before r, which also drop the * in the Sing. Dal. 
 who take in the Nom. and Ace. Plur. ir, and i without insert- 
 ing j equally a number of fern, ending in -ing, -ung or 
 in r (or i) which lake ar in the plural without the insertion 
 
 of either v or j as : 
 
 Sing. Nom. dal'r (dale) 
 
 Ace. dal 
 
 Dat. dal 
 
 Gen. dais 
 
 Plur. Nom. dalir 
 
 Ace. dali 
 
 Dat. dolum 
 
 Gen. dala ; 
 
 (] rot Ining (queen) 
 
 drottuing 
 
 drottningu 
 
 droltningar 
 
 drottningar 
 
 droltningar 
 
 drottningum 
 
 drottninga ; 
 
 [hunt) 
 
 veiS'r (veiSi) (chase, 
 
 vei5i 
 
 vei8i 
 
 veiSar 
 
 veiQar 
 
 fetffw 
 
 veiSum 
 
 veiSa.
 
 12 
 
 But dali is sometimes found in the Dat. (f. i. Harbar5sl. 18) 
 even in the Plur. Herdalar (Hk. 2, 8) likewise in the Swedish; 
 toru8r has in the Plural bruSir. 
 
 60. Some words resemble the third declension as they ter- 
 minate in the Sing. Gen. in ar, otherwise they are declined like 
 brandr, dreingr or dalf. To the former belong: hattf, 
 kraptf (kraftr) grautr, sk6gr, vindr in the language of 
 the old bards vegr. To the latter belong: belgr, mergf, 
 leggf, hryggr, verkr, reykf, laekr, drykkr and boer, 
 therefore: hoe jar, boejum, boeja with inserted j, which is 
 strictly observed by all good ancient authors; of the latter kind 
 are mostly found: staftr, sau9r, bragf, vegf (sometimes 
 in the Ace. vegu), rettr, vinf (or vin) hugr, hlutf, 
 munf (difference) and all those ending in -naSr (-nwor) and 
 -skapr, which occur however rarely in the plural. 
 
 61. The neuter terminating in -i, and the masc. terminat- 
 ing in -ir, drop the i before the terminations: -urn, -ar, -a, 
 except those having g or Ar before them, these change i into/. 
 
 The feminine ending in a pure i remains unchanged in 
 Sing, but takes ir in the Plural: 
 
 Sing. Nom. kvjeSi merki lajknir gefi 
 
 Ace. Dat. kvsefti merki Isekni ?efl 
 
 Gen. kvrcSis merkis laBknis sefi 
 
 flnr. Nom. kva?9i merki Uekn-ar aefir 
 
 Ace. kvee5i merki la?kn-a <efir 
 
 Dat. kva39-um merkjum laekn-um a3f-um 
 
 Gen. kvai9-a; merkja; la?kn-a; ref-a. 
 
 Eyrir (Danish: en Ore) an ear, forms the plural in 
 aurar 
 
 aura 
 aurum 
 
 but eyri a low beach, has in the 
 Gen. Plural eyrar. 
 
 aura 
 
 helgi, holiness, holiday, Sunday, forms Gen. Plur. helgar. 
 62. Others again from all three genders have many irre- 
 gularities. Thus the neuter leeti, sound, forms Dat. Plur. la- 
 tum, Gen. 1 At a. Some neuters become feminine in the Plural, as: 
 
 Singular: Plural: 
 
 1 i m , brushwood 1 i m a r , branches, 
 
 tSl, fraud talar, frauds, 
 
 eing (Dan. en Eng) meadow eingjar, meadows, 
 
 mund, time mundir, times, 
 
 busund (Dan. Tusende) thousand piisundir, thousands.
 
 13 
 
 The word froefti, knowledge, is in the Singular feminine 
 and remains unchanged, like n-fi; but in the Plural it is 
 neuter and is declined like kv;e8i. 
 
 63. Some neuters are Ibund in the Norn, and Ace. with 
 and without the termination in -t, as: eing and eingi; 
 fullting (Dan. Hjrolp) help; and fulltfngi; sinn, and 
 sinni, the longer form belongs to the modern Icelandic 
 language, but often appears in modern copies of old manu- 
 scripts. 
 
 64. The Masculine gu8, which drops the r in the Nom.. 
 and forms the Plur. in gu9ir, is distinguished from the Neuter 
 go 5 (heathen image) Plur. go 8. Many words ending in i 
 and r form the Plur. in -ar, as: 
 
 kffirleikf, kaerleik, or kterleiki, kaerleika; 
 Plural kxrleikar. 
 
 sannleikf, sannleiki; Plural sannleikar. 
 The forms -leiki are common in the modern language. The 
 new form often gives a new signification as: 
 
 oddr, a point, oddi a neck of land; 
 
 munnr (Dan. Mund) mouth munni, mouth of river ; 
 
 karl, an old man Karli, male name ,,Charles". 
 Some differ altogether: 
 
 bragr (= sta8r 60) a poem Bragi, male name; 
 
 hugr, will hugi, sense, thought and male name Hugo; 
 
 hlutr, an ounce, thing hluti, a part. 
 It happens sometimes that words are similar to these termina- 
 tions, without being related together, as: 
 
 bolr (= dalr) block boli, bull; 
 h a g ) , condition h a g i , garden, 
 
 It is rare that the neuter of this declension changes into the 
 masc. of the former, by taking the termination of f; as: 
 
 1 1 n i iik and 6maki (Gylfaginning 12) fainting fit; 
 
 mal, speech formdli, tale; 
 
 verk, work verki, writing, poem, 
 
 with the exception of those which lose at the same time their 
 entire signification, as: 
 
 land, land landi, countryman; 
 
 bii (Dan. Bo), furniture bui, neighbour; 
 
 hofu5 (Dan. Hoved) head hOfSi, Cape; 
 
 norSr (Dan. INorden) north Nor Sri, name of a dwarf.
 
 14 
 
 65. The other irregular Masculines are: 
 
 Sing. Norn, skor (shoe) dorr (spear ) ma3'r (man) fing'r (finger} 
 
 Ace. sk6 dor mann fing'r 
 
 Dat. sko dOr manni fingri 
 
 Gen. sk6s dors manns fing'rs 
 
 Plur. Nom. skiiar derir menn fing'r 
 
 Ace. skua deri menn fing'r 
 
 Dat. skom dorum mOnnum fingrum 
 
 Gen. skua; darra; manna; fingra. 
 The moderns contract skor in the Plural Nom. sk6r, 
 
 Ace. sk6, Gen. skda. 
 
 66. Irregular feminines are: 
 
 sal, the soul, Dat. s^ilu Plural salir, Gen. sain a, 
 
 also in the Gen. Sing, salu, particularly found in compounds, 
 as: saluhjalp. 
 
 grein forms the Plural in greinir and sometimes greinar,. 
 
 ey, island, Dat. eyju or ey, Plur. eyjar now eya is> 
 generally used in Iceland after the 1 st Declension. Monosyllables 
 ending in a, which come in contact with an a or u following, 
 generally supplant them by , as: bra, eyebrow, Gen. brir r 
 Plur. brar, Dat. bram, Gen. bra. Some derivatives with 
 these endings remain unaltered in the Sing, by the ancients- 
 as: dsja, care. 
 
 Third Declension. 
 
 67. This declension embraces all those words ending in 
 u or v, which are however frequently dropped or in some other 
 manner obscured. There are but few neuters, all of which end 
 in e (for eu), the Masc. end in the Sing, in -or, Plur. -M\ 
 Fern, of the Sing, in -ar, or -r, form the Plural in -r: 
 
 N. M. F. [(wood) 
 
 Sing. Nom. Ire (tree) viillur (field) fjor8ur(6a?/) r6t (root) mOrk 
 
 Ace. tre vdll fjOrft rtit mOrk 
 
 Dat. tre velli fir5i r6t mOrk 
 
 Gen. tres vallar fjar^ar r6tar merk'r 
 
 Plur. Nom. tre vellir fir5ir roet'r merk'r 
 
 Ace. tre vollu fjOrQu roet'r merk'r 
 
 Dat. trjam vOllum fjor5um r6tum mOrkum 
 
 Gen. trja; valla; fjarSa; r6ta; marka.
 
 15 
 
 68. Like tre are declined kne; two words hie and spe 
 do not occur in the Plural. It was only in the fifteenth Cen- 
 tury that the Icelanders began to pronounce the e in these 
 words like je (instead of a?) wherefore we meet in good editions 
 of old works the reading tre, tres etc. Plur. Dat. and Gen. 
 contracted for trjavum, trjava. 
 
 The word f e, cattle, goods, money, is irregular in the Gen. 
 Sing.; we find fjar instead of fjavar; but ve, sanctuary, 
 temple (from which OSinsve, Odense) is declined, like land 
 or skip after the 2 nd Declension. 
 
 69. The Masculines we find sometimes only written with 
 r (instead of Mr) , it not being observed that the termination 
 in u was the reason for writing 6', as in the Dat. Plural. 
 
 Therefore hvalf with a, because the ris only distinguished 
 by an ' from the root. 
 
 But kjolur with 6, because the ending contains u. The 
 Accus. Plural of all these words has a double form , partly 
 ending in t, agreeing with the Nom. Plural as: velli, firQi, 
 partly ending in -w, agreeing with the Dative Plural, and 
 this form is the old genuine one. Several kinds of modi- 
 fications are to be noticed, although some words do not modify 
 by reason of their nature. 
 
 Siny. Nom. sonur (son) drattur (drawing) viSur (wood, forest) 
 
 Ace. son dratt vi5 
 
 Dat. syni dratti vi5i 
 
 Gen. sonar drattar viSar 
 
 Plur. Nom. synir drsettir viQir 
 
 Ace. (syni) (drfetti) (vidi) 
 
 sonu drattu vi9u 
 
 Dat. sonum drattum vi8um 
 
 Gen. sona; dratta; vi5a. 
 
 Irregular are these two: 
 
 Sing. Nom. fotur (foot) vet'r (for vetr-ur) (winter) 
 
 Ace. f6t vet'r (for vetr-u) 
 
 Dat. foeti vetri 
 
 Gen. ftitar vetrar 
 
 Plur. Nom. Ace. fretf vet'r (for vetr-'r) 
 
 Dat. f6tum vetrum 
 
 Gert. fota; vetra.
 
 16 
 
 70. The feminines of this declension have also several 
 kinds of modification of vowels; some cannot be modified, 
 some have a doubled form of declension after this or the for- 
 mer specimen, as: 
 
 Present Declension : Former Declension : [stock) 
 
 Sing. Nom. Ace. hnot(miJ) staung mOrk(w?ood) staung (stake, 
 
 Dat. hnot staung mOrku staling 
 
 Gen. hnotar steingr markar stangar 
 
 Plur. Nom. Ace. hnetr steingr markir stangir 
 
 Dat. hnotum staungum morkum staungum 
 
 Gen. hnota ; stanga ; marka ; stanga. 
 
 The modification in staung, steingr is in reality the 
 same, as in mOrk, merkf (67) as it is merely a mechanical 
 consequence of ng, the 6' changes into au and e into ei, we 
 also often find stOng, stangar, stengf (34). 
 
 The words which are declined in two ways like mork 
 and staung are chiefly the following: 
 
 strond (strand), rOnd (edge) spaung, taung, haunk. 
 A difference of signification is only accidental, as: 
 
 ond, Plur. endr the duck Ond, Plur. andir, a spirit,. 
 
 ghost (dan.: en And.) 
 
 Strond, rOnd, Ond receive in the Geti. Sing, always stran- 
 dar, randar, andar; so that Ond, spirit, differs only in 
 one case in the singular, and two cases in the Plural from 
 Ond, duck, Dat. Sing. Ondn, Nom. and Ace. Plur. andir. 
 
 71. Some accented monosyllables deviate by contraction, 
 if the. final syllable begins with a vowel, so that d absorbs 
 a, u but 6, u, absorbs only the u; as: 
 
 t3, ten, G. tar (for tar) Plur. tser, D. tarn (for taum) 
 klo, claw, G. kl6ar Plur. klrer, kl6m, k!6a 
 a, sheep (hunfur), Gen. Plur. <e r. 
 ku, cow, G. kyr Plur. kyr. 
 
 These forms ser and kyr we find in the modern language given 
 to the Sing. Nom. ; so that both these words are in the Sing. 
 Nom. and Plur. Nom. and Ace. the same. 
 
 Others blend the r of the Plural with the final letter, 
 as brun, Plur. brynn (Egilss. S. 306 and in the Edda Hel- 
 gakv. Haddsk. 19) now we say bryn, or bryr; mfis forms 
 the Plur. in myss or mys; dyrr or dyr, door, is only found
 
 17 
 
 in the Plural and forms the Dat. and Gen. durum, dura 
 or dyrum, dyra. 
 
 The following are still more irregular : 
 
 3 ing. Nom. Ace. hOnd (hand) na"tt or nott (night) 
 
 Dat. hendi na*tt n6ttu 
 
 Gen. bandar nAttar naBtr (no-tr) 
 
 Plur. Nom. Ace. hendr na?tr (noelr) 
 
 Dat. hOndum nttum n6ttum 
 
 Gen. handa; n;ittu; notta. 
 
 72. Some of the names of relations ending in -j'r, would 
 
 require a separate declension, if there were not so few, 
 namely: 
 
 father brother daughter sister 
 
 Sing. Nom. fa9ir brofrr d6ttir systir 
 
 Ace. Dat. Gen. fi)5ur broQur dottur systur 
 
 Plur. Nom. Ace. fefir broeQr doetr systr 
 
 Dat. fe5rum broeSrum doetrum systrutn 
 
 Gen. fe8ra; brreSra; doetra; syslra. 
 
 Like brodir is declined m65ir, mother. 
 We find in the Ancients the Dat. Sing, of fa9ir, fe8i, 
 of bro5ir, 
 
 73. We also find in the Ancient language some peculiar 
 names of relatives with different terminations, which embrace 
 two and more persons in one name, and which occur there- 
 fore only in the plural ; if the two persons are of different 
 genders, they are in the neuter: 
 
 hjon, man and woman; 
 
 systkin, brother and sister; 
 
 hju, youth and girl, or man and woman; 
 
 f eft gin, father and daughter; 
 
 m oe 3 g i n , mother and son ; 
 
 fe5gar, father and son; 
 
 moe8gur, mother and daughter. 
 
 To these belongs also born, the only one which ako occurs 
 in the Singular, barn (=land); only fe3gar is masc. and 
 moeQgur, fern. (= tiingur) Gen. moeftgna. 
 
 Icelandic Grammar.
 
 18 
 
 Declension of Nouns with the Article. 
 
 74. In the declension of the noun with the article hit r 
 hinn, hin, both retain their endings unaltered, so that both 
 combined have a double declension. The article is thus 
 declined : 
 
 Sing. Nom. hit hinu hin 
 
 Ace. hit hinn hina 
 
 Dat. hinu hinum hinni 
 
 Gen. hins bins hinnar 
 
 Plur. Nom. hin hinir hinar 
 
 Ace. hin hina hinar 
 
 Dat. hinnum 
 
 Gen. hinna 
 
 The h is continually dropped when the article is com- 
 pounded with a substantive ending in a short vowel, a, i, u y 
 the -i is also dropped after every polysyllabic word ending 
 in -r. 
 
 75. The substantives when used with the article drop 
 the m of the Dative Plural, they end therefore in u, whilst the 
 article drops -hi. 
 
 First Order. 
 
 Sing. Nom. hjarta-t (heart) andi-nn (spirit) gata-n (road} 
 
 Ace. hjarta-t anda-nn gotu-na 
 
 Dat. hjarta-nu anda-num gtftu-nni 
 
 Gen. hjarta-ns anda-ns gOtu-nnar 
 
 Plur. Nom. hjOrtu-n andar-nir gOtur-nar 
 
 Ace. hjOrtu-n anda-na gOttir-nar 
 
 Dat. hjortu-num ondu-num gOtu-num 
 
 Gen. hjartna-nna; anda-nna; gatna-nna 
 
 76. It must be borne in mind with respect to the 2 nd and 
 3 rd Order where the i in the Dat. of masc. subst. is wangtin 
 they do not take the i of the Article either, as: 
 
 dreingr-inn, dreingnum; dalrinn, dalnum. r -t) 
 But those which can take an t keep it, as: isinum, better 
 than isnum; stolinum (Snorra-Edda 114) better than 
 st61num.
 
 Ace. skip-it 
 
 koniing-inn 
 
 eign-ina 
 
 Dat. skipi-nu 
 
 konungi-num 
 
 eign-inni 
 
 Gen. skips-ins 
 
 koniings-ins 
 
 eignar-innar 
 
 Nom. skip-in 
 
 komingar-nir 
 
 eignir-nar 
 
 Ace. skip-in 
 
 koniinga-na 
 
 eignir-nar 
 
 Dat. skipu-num 
 
 konungu-num 
 
 eignu-num 
 
 Gen. skipa-nna; 
 
 konunga-nna; 
 
 eigna-nna. 
 
 19 
 
 77. Second Order. 
 
 N. M. F. 
 
 Sing. Nom. skip-it (ship) konungr-inn (king) eign-in (property) 
 
 Plur. 
 
 78. The r before a vowel is pronounced with it and loses 
 its half sound, as: silf-rit, malm-rinn, fjoQ-rin. 
 
 79. All the contracted and irregular forms remain as they 
 are, as: 
 
 degi-num, katli-num, salu-nni, filnar-innar; 
 i retains its half-sound before n, as: boendf-nir, fingr-na. 
 Only m a 5 r (65) adds in the Nom. Plur. -ir. and in the Ace. 
 -*', therefore: mennir-nir (rarely mennin nir), menni-na. 
 
 80. The monosyllabic feminine often expels the hi of the 
 article in the Ace. Sing, as: 
 
 for-na, instead of ftfr-ina, grOfna inst. of grOf-ina 
 (Snorra-Edda, 138); reicf-na for rei5-ina; hudna 
 for huQina (Snorra-Edda 144). 
 
 81. In case the substantive be a monosyllable, ending in. 
 a long vowel or double sound (Tvelyd) the i of the article is 
 retained if the word remains monosyllabic, but it is left out 
 if the word becomes trisyllabic as: 
 
 skra-in, skra-na, skrtf-nni; 
 
 ey-in, ey-na, ey-nni (thus also eyju-nni 66). 
 
 82. Third Order. 
 
 N. 
 Sing. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 N. 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 Nom. kne-i't (knee) 
 Ace. kne-it 
 Dat. kne-nu 
 
 kjolr-iim (keel) 
 kjol-inn 
 kili- mini 
 
 b6k-in (book) 
 b6k-ina 
 
 link-Mini 
 
 Gen. knes-ins 
 Nom. kne-in 
 
 kjalar-ins 
 kilir-nir 
 
 b6kar-innar 
 botikf-nar 
 
 Aec. kne-in 
 Dat. knja-num 
 Gen. knja-nna; 
 
 kjolu-na 
 kjolu-num 
 kjala-nna ; 
 
 bo'kf-nar 
 b6ku-num 
 b6ka-una. 
 
 
 
 2*
 
 20 
 
 83. The more modern form tre8 for tre'it is yet found 
 in good manuscripts. 
 
 84. On the whole the irregularities before the article re- 
 main as in the second Order, as: mysnar, dyrnar, or in 
 the Neuter dyrrin; but brynnar, with two, not three n 
 (Snorra-Edda 50) is used. 
 
 11. Adjectives. 
 
 85. The Adjective agrees much with the noun, but by no 
 means in so perfect a manner as in greek or latin. 
 
 Joined to the article, which precedes the adjective, it 
 makes an imperfect declension, which is termed the ,,definite 
 form", resembling the first order of the noun, only that its 
 plural is much simpler, as it always ends in u, leaving to the 
 article its further definition. Without an article the adjective 
 has quite a different and perfect declension, which is termed 
 the indefinite form" resembling the closed form of the noun in 
 its second declension. For there is no Adj. in which the Plur. 
 n. g. ends in -e, or the m. g. Ace. Plur. in -w, or the f. g. 
 Plur. in r. This is the more primitive form and has therefore 
 the precedent. 
 
 Both forms distinguish three genders, and they resemble 
 therefore the six classes of the declension of the noun. 
 
 86. Spakt may serve as a complete Paradigm: 
 
 Indefinite Form. 
 
 N. M. ^ 
 Sing. Nom. spak-t (wise) spak-f 
 Ace. spak-t spak-an 
 Dat. spOk-u spOk-um 
 
 F. 
 
 spdk 
 spak-a 
 spak-ri 
 
 spak-rar 
 spak-ar 
 spak-ar 
 
 Gen. 
 Plur. Nom. spb'k 
 Ace. spdk 
 
 spaks 
 spak-ir 
 spak-a 
 
 Dat. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 spdkum 
 spakra. 

 
 21 
 
 Definite Form. 
 
 Sing. Norn, spaka spaki spaka 
 
 Gen. Dat. Ace. spaka spaka spOku 
 
 Plur. Nom. Ace. spOku 
 
 Dat. spttku or spttkum 
 
 Gen. spokii. 
 
 87. Although the adjective has but one declension there 
 are several exceptions to be observed which occur through the 
 joining of the final syllable with the root. 
 
 II 1 the last radical letter be 8 preceded by a vowel or a 
 diphthong, it absorbs in the n. g. with t to tt as: 
 
 glatt, glaSr, gli)5 glossy, bright; 
 
 breitt, brei8f, brei8 broad; 
 in one case, the accent is lost, namely in 
 
 gott, g68r, go8 (good). 
 If a consonant precedes, the 8 is altogether dropped: 
 
 hart, har8r, hor8 (hard) sagt, sag8r, sOg8 (said) 
 
 haft, hafSr, h5f8 (clever) 
 The same in dissyllabic words, if a vowel precedes: 
 
 kallat, kalla8r, kullu8; 
 
 lagit, Iagi8r, Iagi8 (for kalla8t, Iagi8t). 
 Also d after a consonant as: 
 
 vant, vandf, vo'nd (difficult) selt, seldf, seld; 
 
 geymt, geymdf, geymd. 
 
 gladt, gladdf , gliidd (glad) breidt, breiddi, 
 
 breidd (broad) moedt, mu'ddf, moedd (tired). 
 If the word ends in tt, no further t is added in the n. g. but 
 the form becomes similar to the feminine, as: 
 
 sett, settf, sett moett, moettf, moett 
 In weaker consonants the gender may part as: latt, lattf, 
 1 o 1 1 , nor can it be distinguished in' the n. g. from a similar 
 word with single t, as: 
 
 latt, latf, lot (lazy) hvatt, hvattr, hvOtt and 
 
 hvatt, hvatf, hvOt (hasty). 
 
 88. The adjectives, the root of which end in an accented 
 vowel, deviate in so far that they double the -t in the n. g., 
 the -r in the f. g. in the terminations -ri and -rar, the -ra 
 in the Gen. Plur., and often the -s in n. and m. g. Gen. Sing, as
 
 22 
 
 brtt, brr, br, bra'ss, bra"rrar, pra"rra; 
 
 auQsaett, au3saer, au9see (clear). 
 
 mj6tt, mj6r, mj6 (delicate, narrow) trutt, trur, 
 tru (true) 
 
 nytt, nyr, ny, nyss etc. (new) 
 
 Those with -a, are sometimes contracted if followed hy a or , 
 which are swallowed up by a, as: 
 
 bla" for blau bla"n for bHan bHm for blum. 
 Likewise in the definite form, as: 
 
 hinn gra"i, Ace. hinn gra", Dat. hinum gra", Gen. bins 
 
 gra\ The contracted forms belong to the modern Icelandic 
 and are scarcely written in old Manuscripts. The ancient lan- 
 guage therefore sometimes inserts f (or v) to escape the con- 
 traction, as: 
 
 ha"tt, h^r, ha" (high) -- m. g. Ace. ha" fan, Dat. ha"fum, 
 
 ha"fom (or hm); def. form hSfa, hafi, hafa, hdfu. 
 
 mj6fa, mj6fan, mj6fum; def. form mj6fa, mj6fi etc. 
 The word nytt inserts j before all vowels, with the exception 
 of i, as: nyju, nyjan. 
 
 89. Some adjectives insert / or v after the last con- 
 sonant, without altering the declension, these resemble the 
 nouns in 57 and 58, as: 
 
 dokkt (dokt), dflkkr, ddkk (dark); 
 
 Plur. dokk, dokkvir (dOcqvir), dokkvar; 
 
 Def. form: dokkva, dokkvi, dokkva. 
 The only adjective which inserts j correctly is : 
 
 mitt, mi5r, mi8 therefore: 
 
 mi5jan, mi5ja, mi8ju, mi5jum, miQri. 
 
 In some words the last radical letter of which is g or k, 
 a j is sometimes inserted before a or u, as : 
 
 fraBgt, freegr, fraBg; Ace. freegan or frsegjan; Dat. 
 
 fraegum or fra3gjum. 
 
 sekr, sekan or sekjan. 
 
 90. Monosyllables ending in r after a long vowel or diph- 
 thong are regular, as: 
 
 ber-t, ber-r, ber; fo3r-t, foer-r, foer. 
 The masculine termination -r is dropped in modern Icelandic, 
 as the pronunciation has changed and the m. g. and f. g. 
 have become I he same in the Nom.
 
 23 
 
 Those words whose vowels are short, and have therefore 
 a double r, drop one r in the n. g., before -/ and before the 
 termination to satisfy the orthography as three r's ought not to 
 appear ; but such words retain the double r in the f. g. Norn. ; 
 as otherwise the vowels would be long and the root deformed. 
 As: hurt, burr, purr (dry); kyrt, kyrr, kyrr (still). 
 Those ending in s, agree with this rule, as: laust, lauss, 
 la us (free); particularly as a diphthong precedes; but h vast, 
 livass, hvGss (not hvOs) because the vowel is short. 
 
 In a word with a double s the vowel is accented in the 
 n. g. as: vist, viss, viss. 
 
 91. If a consonant precedes the last radical letter r, it 
 changes before -t and s into J (halfsound), never into ur ; but 
 into r before a vowel and the terminations -r, rar, ra, one 
 of the r is dropped, as a double r behind a consonant cannot 
 be pronounced. The following example will prove the force 
 of these observations: 
 
 Sing. Nom. fagft fagf fogf (for fOg-ru) 
 
 Ace. fagrt fagran fagra 
 
 Dat. fOgru fogrum fagri (for fagrri) 
 
 Gen. 
 Plur. Nom. fogr 
 Ace. fogf 
 
 fagfs fagrar (for fagrrar) 
 fagrir fagrar 
 fagra fagrar 
 
 Dat. 
 Gen. 
 
 .fOgrum 
 fagra (for fagrra) 
 
 Definite Form. 
 
 Nom. fagra fagri fagra 
 
 Ace. fagra; fagra; fOgru. 
 
 92. Words whose characteristic letter (Kjendebogstav) is 
 I after a double vowel, or, if dissyllabic, stands after any 
 vowel, change it in the termination of r into U (39) as: 
 
 heilt, heill, heil and in f. g. Dat. heilli, Gen. heil- 
 
 lar, Plur. Gen. heilla; 
 
 gamalt, gamall, gOmul, Dat. gamalli, Gen. gamallar 
 
 Plur. Gen. gam alia; thus also: 
 
 bagalt or l>ogult, pcigull, piigul etc. 
 Before terminations, beginning with a vowel, contractions occur 
 as: gamlan, gamla, gtfmlu, gOmlum. Def. Form, gam la,
 
 24 
 
 gamli etc., but: heimilt or heimult does not contract. 
 Foil, folr, fol, does not contract its Ir into II, being a 
 monosyllable with a simple vowel. 
 
 93. In two words the I is dropped in the neuter before 
 the characteristic letters f, 3, except in a different declension in 
 the m. g. Ace.; it is declined 
 
 Iiti3, litill, litil, Ace. m. g. litinn (for litiln) f. g. 
 
 litla, Dat. litlu, litlum, litilli etc. 
 It will be observed that the vowel loses its accent, as soon as 
 a concussion of consonants occurs. Writing Iiti8 for litit 
 is for euphony's sake, and occurs in the best manuscripts; 
 viz: the changing of this into 9, as soon as the word re- 
 ceives t in the beginning, therefore rita9, but bakat etc. 
 The second word is mikit, mikill, mikil, Ace. mikit, 
 mikinn, mikla, Dat. miklu etc. 
 
 94. Those whose characteristic letter is n after a diph- 
 thong, or dissyllables, followed by a vowel, contract the n with 
 r into nn (39) as: 
 
 vaent, vsenn, vgen, Ace. vsent, vaenan, vaena; Dat. 
 vaenu, va3num, vsenni and in f. g. Gen. v 33 n n a r, Plur* 
 Gen. vaenna. 
 
 Dissyllables deviate besides in m. g. Ace. by contraction, 
 if the termination begins with a vowel, as: 
 Singular Nom. heiSit hei5inn hei9in 
 
 Ace. heiQit heiftinn heiSna 
 
 Dat. hei5nu hei5num heiSinni 
 
 Gen. heiciins 
 Plural Nom. hei9in hei5nir 
 Ace. heiSin hei8na 
 
 heiQinnar 
 heiOnar 
 hei9nar 
 
 Dat. heiSnum 
 Gen. hei5inna 
 Def. Form Nom. heiSna; hei8ni; 
 
 hei5na eti 
 
 95. In this manner are declined all regular participles of 
 the closed Order of Verbs (which remain monosyllabic in the 
 Dat.) as: ra8it, ra"5inn, ra9in; gefit, gefinn, gefin; 
 tekit, tekinn, tekin etc.; also several of the 3 rd order of 
 the first chief lass (with modification of vowel) b a r i t , bar- 
 inn, bar in. But these terminations stand in reality for -#, 
 -j3r, t'8 a change of pronunciation in accordance with the
 
 25 
 
 oldest danish language; they shorten the radical letter so 
 that t is dropped and 8 is hardened into d or t, in words the 
 characteristic letter of which is a hard consonant as: 
 bart, bar8f, bOrS; tamt, tamdr, tOmd; vakt r 
 vaktr, vOkt. 
 
 In this manner we find in some of these words a double 
 or triple form, of which the contracted one is the oldest; 
 those in ft, fnn, in, are modern Icelandic. The words of 
 double form receive the general mixed declension after the 
 euphony, as: 
 
 Sing. Nom. vakit (wakened) vakinn vakin 
 
 .1<T. vakit vakinn vakta 
 
 Dat. vOktu voktum vakinni 
 
 Gen. vakins vakionar 
 
 Plural Nom. vakin vaktir vaktar 
 
 Ace. vakin vakta vaktar 
 
 Dat. voktum 
 
 Gen. vakinna 
 
 Def. Form. Nom. vakta vakti vakta etc. 
 
 As a proof of the real use of contractions by the ancients, 
 we cite: 
 
 kraft (Fms. 4,122 and 176), baktr (Fms. 2,305); but, 
 paki8r, (Grfmnism. 9), dult (Isfcindingas. 2,243); 
 huldr (Snorra-Edda 136), skill (Fms. 6,220). 
 The modern forms are: 
 
 krafit, pakinn, dulit, hulinn, skilit. 
 
 96. There is another kind of words which contracts as: 
 au8igt, rig-t, Plur. au8ug, auQgir, au<5gar; 
 malugr, malgir; Oflugr, oflgiretc., but it is rare and 
 
 not irregular. Heilagt, -lagr, -log contracts in the short- 
 ened forms ei into e, Plur. heilOg, helgir, helgar, def. 
 Form helga, helgi,helga. The root ill is accented in the 
 n. g. ill i. illr, ill, and sann contracts nn with t into // : 
 salt, sannf, sOnn; allt, allr, Oil wants the def. form, 
 because it is definite in itself. 
 
 97. Compound Adjectives in a are not declinable as: 
 einskipa (Fms. 7,123), sundrskila (Fms. 11,131). But 
 there are some, in which the gender is shown in the Nom. 
 in the m. g. in -i, f. g. in -a as: sammoeSri (Fms. 6,50),
 
 26 
 
 sammoeftra, forvitri, forvitra (Fms. 6,56) also: orviti 
 (Fms. 7,158), mdl65i (Fsreyjingas S. 218), fulltiSi (Egilss. 
 185). 
 
 The Comparison of Adjectives. 
 
 98. The Comparative is formed in Icelandic by: 
 -ara (neut.), art (masc.), ari (fern.), (kalda-ra, colder; har- 
 3a-ra, harder)] which takes the place of the a in the definite 
 form. The fern. Sing, and all genders of the Plur. retain i 
 everywhere (rarely Dat. in -um) as: spaka, Comparative; 
 .spakara 
 
 Neut. Masc. Fern. 
 
 Sing. Nom. spakara spakari spakari 
 
 Gen. Dat. Ace. spakara spakara spakari 
 
 Plur. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. spakari 
 
 99. The Superlative is formed by adding to the root 
 -ast, astr, ust, and is thus declined: 
 
 Neut. Masc. Fern. 
 
 Indef. form. Nom. spakast spakastr spokust 
 
 Ace. spakast spakastan spakasta etc. 
 
 Def. form. Nom. spakasta spakasti spakasta 
 
 Ace. spakasta spakasta spOkustu etc. 
 
 Those which shorten in the Posit., also do so in the other 
 degrees, if the same cause exists, namely, that the termination 
 begins with a vowel, as: 
 
 au3gara, auSgari, auQgast, au5gastr, auSgustetc. 
 
 100. There is however in many cases a shorter manner of 
 formation for these degrees, namely by dropping the final -a 
 and adding for the Comparative -ra, -ri, -ri, and for the Super- 
 lative -st, -str, -st. The modification of vowels which requires 
 -r takes place (see 33. 34). 
 
 hit fagra fegra -ri fegrst fegfstf fegrst 
 
 13ga Isegra -ri Ia3gst Ia3gstf Ia3gst, lowest 
 
 Idnga leingra -ri leingst leingstf leingst, longest 
 or langa lengra -ri lengst lengstr lengst 
 
 hit braungva breingra -ri breingst -st? -st, closest 
 or jmingva Jtrengra -ri brengst -stf -st, narrowest 
 hit st6ra stffirra -ri stoerst -stf -st, greatest
 
 27 
 
 !iit unga yngra -ri yngst -sir -st, youngest 
 
 punna pynnra -ri j)ynnst -sir -st, thinnest 
 
 djupa dypra -ri dypst -sir -st, deepest 
 
 dyra dyrra -ri dyrst -sir -st, dearest 
 
 va;na; vaenna -ri; vaenst -sir -st, prettiest. 
 The word mj6tt, mj6r, mjo, small, hit mj6fa does not 
 modify the vowel, although it takes the shorter termination 
 mjorra, mjost. 
 
 101. Some form their degrees in both manners, thus we 
 meet with: 
 
 djupara, djiipari, djupast, -astf, -ust 
 the shorter form almost always belongs to the old language. 
 
 Several take the shorter form in the Comparative and the 
 longer one in the Superlative, as: 
 
 seinl, seinna, seinast, 
 
 saelt, sa'lla, sinllast; 
 
 nytt, nyrra, nyjast. 
 
 102. The following are quite irregular: 
 Positive. Comp. Snperl. 
 
 g68a, gott, hit g65a betra bezt-a best 
 
 lilt ilia \ 
 
 vant -vanda / verra vet-a wortf 
 
 mikit mikla meira mest-a greatest 
 
 Iiti5 litla minna minnst-a least 
 
 mart (margr, mOrg) fleira flest*) most 
 
 I ellra ellst-a ,, . 
 
 gamalt; -- gamla; eldest; 
 
 103. Some compar. and superl. are formed from adverbs, 
 
 prepos. and subst. and have therefore no positive, as: 
 
 (nor8r) nyr8ra norQast, nyrfist, northmost 
 
 (auslr) eystra austast eastmost 
 
 (su8r) sy8ra syQst (synnst) southmost 
 
 (vestr) vestra veslast westmost 
 
 (fram) fremra fremst foremost 
 
 (aptr) eptra aptast, epzt aftermost 
 
 (lit) ytra yzt outmost 
 
 (inn) innra innst inmost 
 
 *) This is not used definitely except in the plural: hin mdrgu, 
 liinir fleiri, hinar flestu mostly used by the moderns.
 
 28 
 
 (of) efra efst highest 
 
 (ni8r) neBra neSst nethermost 
 
 (for) fyrra fyrst first 
 
 (si6) siSara si<5ast latest 
 
 (heldr) heldra helzt ratherest 
 
 (a"9r) ae9ra aeSst erst 
 
 (fjarri) (firr) first farthest 
 
 (na-) (naer, naerr) naest nearest 
 
 Fremra and siQara, have a regular positive, with different 
 
 significations : 
 
 framt, framr, from, excellent, valiant (poetically); 
 sitt, si 8?, si 9, shallow, flat. 
 
 104. Adjectives which have no positive, receive no com- 
 parisons, as a lit (96) and those ending in -i, or -a (97) as- 
 well as the Pres. part. pass, in -andi. But these words can 
 yet be increased or decreased by means of the adverbs: 
 
 meir, mest, or heldr, helzt, or: minor (mi3f). 
 minnst (minzt), si9f, sizt. 
 
 111. Pronouns. 
 
 105. The first two personal pronouns have a dual, which 
 is commonly used as the plural, whilst the old pi. only occurs- 
 in the high style. 
 
 Sing. 1. Person 2. Person 3. Person 
 
 Norn, ek (eg) pii 
 
 Ace. mik (mig) bik (big) sik (sig) 
 
 Dat. mer per ser 
 
 Gen. min |>in sin 
 
 Dual Plural "Dual ~ Plural Plural 
 
 Nom. vit (vi5) ver bit ber 
 
 Ace. okkf oss ykkr yoT sik (sig) 
 
 Dat. okkr oss ykkr y<5f ser 
 
 Gen. okkar vAr; ykkar ySvar sin 
 
 The third person has neither Neuter nor Plural which are re- 
 placed by the defin. pron. pat, sa", sii, which is thus declined : 
 Nom. hann hon (hun) 
 
 Ace. hann liana 
 
 Dat. hSnum (om) henni 
 Gen. bans hennar
 
 29 
 
 106. From the Genitive of the personal pronoun, are 
 formed seven possessive pronouns: 
 
 of the 
 
 1 st person Sing. 
 
 2 nd 
 
 3rd 
 
 1 st - Dual 
 
 2 nd 
 
 1 st - Plural 
 
 2 nd 
 
 minn 
 
 1 n mi 
 
 sinn 
 
 okkarr 
 
 ykkarr 
 
 vArr 
 
 y8varr 
 
 min (mine) 
 
 bin (thine) 
 
 sin (his) 
 
 okkur (your) 
 
 ykkur 
 
 var 
 
 y5ur 
 
 milt 
 
 bitt 
 
 silt 
 
 okkart 
 
 ykkart 
 
 vart 
 
 y5vart 
 
 The three first are declined like the article (74), only they 
 receive a double t in the Neutr. and an accent, when an n 
 follows the /, as: mins, mins, minnar. The four last 
 pronouns are declined like indefinite adjectives, but they only 
 take n (instead of an) in the Ace. Masc. as: okkarn (not 
 okkaraii), varn (not varan) etc., but the dissyllabic ones 
 contract as usual, Dat. okkru, okkrum, okkari. 
 
 107. The demonstrative Pronoun is irregular: 
 ba-fr, si, sii, that; betta, bessi, bessi this; 
 hinn, hin, that, the other; declined thus: 
 
 Sing. Norn. 
 
 ill Si SU 
 
 Ace. 
 
 iii bann ba 
 
 Dat. 
 
 iff 
 
 jeim beirri 
 
 Gen. 
 
 )6SS 
 
 >ess jieirrar 
 
 Plur. Nom. 
 
 >au 
 
 )eir J)oer 
 
 Ace. 
 
 >au 
 
 )i bser ; 
 
 >etta 
 
 jessi 
 
 >essi 
 
 M'llil 
 
 )enna 
 
 >essa 
 
 )6SSU 
 
 >essa 
 
 >essum 
 
 >essi (-arri) 
 >essar (-arrar) 
 
 >essi 
 
 >essir 
 
 >essar 
 
 >essi 
 
 >essa 
 
 icssar. 
 
 Dat. beim bessum 
 
 Gen. Jjeirra ])essarra. 
 
 and the article hit, hinn, hin (74) which very frequently 
 drops the h and forms in it, inn, in, or even et, enn, en. 
 These are all used as dem. pronouns, but the t is doubled in 
 the n. g. as hitt, hinn, hin, nor is the h dropped or the 
 e added, as its pronunciation sounds purer and more emphatic. 
 
 108. Relative and interrogative pronouns, are with the 
 exception of er and sem, the same, as: 
 
 hvArt (hvort), hvarr, hvar, which of the two 
 
 hvert, hverr, hver, which of many 
 
 h v i 1 i k t , what like, of whdt kind 
 both declined as the indef. Adjectiv; only that they take in the
 
 30 
 
 Ace. m. g. -n instead of -an; and hvert inserts/, when the 
 ending begins with the vowels a or M, as: 
 
 Ace. hvert, hvern, hverja; 
 
 Dat. hverju, hverjum, hverri. 
 
 The Skalds use in Ace. m. g. hverjan, every one. 
 
 Declension of hvort (hvdrt): 
 
 Neut. Masc. Fern, Neut. Masc. Fern, 
 
 Sing. Nom. hvort hvorr hvor hvert hverr hver 
 
 Ace. hvort hvorn hvora hvert hverjan hverja 
 
 Dat. hvoru hvorum hvorri hverju hverjum hverri 
 
 Gen. hvors hvors hvorrar hvers hvers hverrar 
 
 Plur. Nom. hvor hvorir hvorar hver hverir hverjar 
 
 Ace. hvor hvora hvorar hver hverja hverjar 
 
 Dat. hvorum hvorum hvorum hverjum hverjum hverjum 
 
 Gen. hvorra hvorra hvorra hverra hverra hverra. 
 
 109. There is also in the old norsk language a separate 
 form for the interrogative pronoun what; it is thus declined r 
 
 Neuter g. Common g. 
 
 Sing. Nom. hvat hverr (hvarr) 
 
 Ace. hvat hvern (hvarn) 
 
 Dat. hvi hveim 
 
 Gen. hvess hvess; 
 
 in common speech hvat is only used a as pron. and hvi, a& 
 an adjective. 
 
 110. The indefinite pronoun is partly primitive, partly de- 
 rived from other interr. pron. Primitive is: 
 
 eitt, einn, eiu, one, each one, alone; sometimes it is 
 declined like vnt (94) except that nt in n. g. takes tt, and 
 that the Ace. m. g. has a double form as: 
 
 einn and einan. 
 
 111. Annat (aliud, alter um, secundum) the one, the se- 
 cond, another, 
 
 has a very irregular declension, thus: 
 
 N. M. F. 
 
 Sing. Nom. annat annarr Onnur 
 
 Ace. annat annan a8ra 
 
 Dat. i)9ru o5rum annarri 
 
 Gen. annars annars annarrar
 
 31 
 
 Plur. Norn. Onnur a8rir a8rar 
 
 Ace. onnur aQra a8rar 
 
 Dot. OoVum 
 
 Gen. annarra 
 
 It has the same form when the article is added, hit annat, 
 the other, second ; but when the question is of two, no article 
 is used. 
 
 112. Ba;5i, both, is only used in the Plural: 
 Nom. ba?5i ba8ir ba"9ar 
 
 Ace. b#9i ba'o'a ba*8ar 
 
 Dot. ba^um biSum bAdum 
 
 Gen. beggja beggja beggja. 
 
 113. The most important of the derivatives are: 
 hvArttveggja, hvArrtveggi, hvArtveggja, each one 
 
 of two; both parts are declined: hvArt (like 108) and tveggja 
 like an adj. in defin. form, therefore in Plural: 
 
 hvArtveggju, hvArirtveggju, hvArartveggju etc. 
 
 AnnathvArt, annarrhvArr, Onnur hvAr, one of 
 two, one part of many parts, has also a double declension, 
 particularly in the Sing. ; in the newer language the last part 
 is mixed with hvert, and is therefore generally met with an- 
 inserted /, as: 
 
 oQruhverju for o9ruhvAru etc. 
 
 We also find : [other 
 
 hvart (or hvat) annat, hva"rr annan, hvAr a5ra, each 
 and hvert annat, hverr annan, hver a8ra 
 
 or in Plur. hvert Onnur, hverr a9ra, hver a9rar 
 in this case it is not compounded. 
 
 HvArigt, hvarigr hvArig (or hvArugt etc.), (none 
 of the two, no part of the other) is declined like an adjective 
 indefinite form. 
 
 Sitthvat, or sitthvArt, sinnhva"rr, sinhvAr (each, 
 his OHM, each one's) is used divided, but sitt stands flrst. More 
 frequently is used: 
 
 sitthvert, sinnhverr etc. as: peir lita sinn i vher- 
 ja alt, each looks to his own side. 
 
 114. Without reference to two, is used: 
 eitthvat (Germ, etwas) some, or: 
 eitthvert, einnhverr, einhver.
 
 32 
 
 115. Nokkut (danish noget) any, is contracted from 
 nak and hvert, hvat or hvart, in which ve or va is con- 
 tracted into M; this has many forms, of which we give the 
 oldest and most correct one. 
 
 Sing. Norn, nakkvart nakkvarr 
 Ace. nakkvart nakkvarn 
 Dat. ntikkuru nOkkurum 
 
 nOkkur or nokkor 
 nakkvara or nokkora 
 nakkvarri 
 
 Gen. nakkvars nakkvarrar 
 
 Plur. Nom. nOkkur nakkvarir nakkvarar 
 Ace. nokkur nakkvara nakkvarar 
 
 Dat. nftkkurum 
 
 Gen. nakkvarra. 
 
 In n. g. also nakkvat, if derived from hvat, Dat. nOkkvi 
 
 Sometimes nOkkut, nOkkurr, nOkkur, 
 
 and often nokkut, nokkurr, nokkur, 
 
 which has been adopted in the modern language. The two 
 
 last forms are also abridged by the moderns as: 
 
 Dat. nokkru, nokkrum, iiokkurri 
 
 116. The negative pronoun is a compound of eitt, einn, 
 ein and the negative termination -gi, -ki, which also takes 
 many irregular forms; the oldest and most correct seem to be: 
 
 Sing. Nom. ekki (for eitki) 
 Ace. ekki 
 Dat. eingu (einugi) 
 
 eingi eingi 
 eingan (eingi) einga 
 eingum eingri 
 
 Gen. eingis, einkis, 
 Plur. Nom. eingi 
 Ace. eingi 
 
 einskis 
 eingir 
 einga 
 
 eingrar 
 eingar 
 eingar 
 
 Dat. 
 Gen. 
 
 eingum 
 eingra 
 
 
 The syllable eing is often found contracted into eng; 
 thus in the Ace.: engan, enga; and this eng changes with 
 o'ng, as: ongan, Onga; or with an inserted v 
 
 as: Ongvan, Ongva, 
 Dat. Ongu, Ongum, Ongri, 
 
 or even: Ongarri, Gen. Ongarrar, it also lengthens into 
 aung, as: aungan, aunga, or aungvan, aungva. 
 
 But in n. g. and m. g. Gen. occur the changes of ei, 
 or i in the chief syllable, not onkis, aunskis.
 
 33 
 
 117. Numerals. 
 
 Cardinal Numbers. Ordinal Numbers. 
 
 one eitt, einn, ein; 
 
 two tvau (t\o), tveir, tvaer; 
 three prjii, brir, prjar; 
 four fjogur, fjorir, fj6rar; 
 
 five timm; 
 
 6 s<-\: 
 
 7 sjau (sjO) ; 
 
 8 atta; 
 
 9 niu; 
 
 10 tin; 
 
 11 ellifu; 
 
 12 tolf; 
 
 13 prettan; 
 
 14 ijortan ; 
 
 15 u'mtn; 
 
 16 sextan; 
 
 17 sautjan (seytjan); 
 
 18 atjan; 
 
 19 nitjiin ; 
 
 20 tuttugu; 
 
 21 tuttugu ok eitt etc.; 
 30 prjatiu; 
 
 40 fjorutiu; 
 
 50 fimliu; 
 
 60 sextiu; 
 
 70 sjautiu (sjtitiu); 
 
 SO attatiu; 
 
 90 niutiu; 
 
 the first fyrsta, -i, -a; 
 
 -second annat, annarr, onnur ; 
 
 - third pri8ja, Kifti, prifija; 
 
 4 th fjtirfa, -i, -a ; 
 
 5 th fimta, -i, -a; 
 
 6 th setta, (sjotla) ; 
 
 7 th sjaunda, sj<inda(sjOunda) 
 
 8 th atta (attunda) ; 
 
 9 th niunda ; 
 10 th tfunda; 
 ll th ellifta; 
 12 th t61fta; 
 13 th prettanda; 
 14 th fj6rtanda; 
 15 th fimta~nda; 
 16 th sextanda ; 
 17 th sauljanda (seytj^inda); 
 
 100 hundrafi, tiutiu; 
 110 lumdraS <ik tiu, ellifutiu; 
 120 h. ok tuttugu, stc'trt hundra8 
 200 tvau hundraft etc. 
 1000 pi'isund 
 
 118. The four first of the numeral pron 
 Eitt (see 110,) the others in the Plural thus: 
 Plural Nom. tvau tveir tva i r |irju l)rir 
 Ace. tvau tva t\a-r jijru J)rjd 
 
 I veini (tveimr) 
 tveggja. 
 
 19 th uiljanda; 
 
 20 th tuttugasta ; 
 
 21 st tuttugasta ok fyrsta etc. 
 
 30 th britugasta ; 
 
 40 th fertugasta ; 
 
 50 th limtugasta ; 
 
 60 th sextugasta ; 
 
 70 th sjautugasta (sjotugasta) ; 
 
 80 th attatugasta ; 
 
 90 th nitugasla ; 
 100 th hundrafiasta ; 
 110 th hundra9asta ok tfunda; 
 120 th h. ok tuttugasta; 
 200 th tvau hundraQasta ; 
 1000 th jnisundasta 
 
 are declined. 
 
 J.rjar 
 J)rjar 
 
 Dat. 
 Gen. 
 
 Icelandic Grammar. 
 
 (primr) 
 Ju-igjya. 
 3
 
 34 
 
 Plural Norn. fjOgur fjorir fjorar 
 Ice. fjogur fjora fjorar 
 
 Dat. f jorum 
 
 Gen. fjogurra 
 
 1 19. Those compounded with -tiu, have often another form 
 in -tigir, -tigi as: brjatigir, brjdtigi, but are not further 
 declined, as: brjatigi ok fimm a"rum Landn. pag. 2, stiil 
 more visible in the noun tigr (>tugr', togr, togr), Plur. 
 tigir, as: sex tigir, Sverriss. pag. 230 and atta tigir, 
 Hk. 3,357. Hun draft is a regular noun (55). The ancients 
 almost always reckoned by the great hundred (120) so that 
 ha" 1ft hun drab 5 counted for 60 etc. I*usund (bushiind- 
 raft) is irregular (62). 
 
 120. From the ordinal Numbers are formed, those ending 
 in -tugt, -tugr, -tug (-togt or tfigt), 
 
 and -rcett, -rceftr, -ra>&, as: 
 
 the 2 nd part: tvitugt, tugr, tug; the 8 th part: attrostt, -roe5f , -roe5 ; 
 
 - 3 rd - britugt; - 9 th - niroett, 
 
 - 4 th - fertugt; - 10 th - tiroett; 
 
 - 5 th - fimtugt; -11 th - ellifuro3tt; 
 
 - 6 th - sextugt; - 12 th - olfroett. 
 
 - 7 th - sjautugt (sjotugt); 
 
 The half is expressed by: ha 1ft, halfr, half, as: half- 
 britugt, halffertogr etc. which points out that 5 has been 
 deducted from the last ten, thus: 
 
 halffertogr = 35, halfattro35r = 75. 
 
 The Verb. 
 
 121. Verbs are divided like the substantives into two chief 
 orders the 1 st or open, with the vowel in its termination; 
 
 2 nd or closed, with a consonant 
 
 The first has more than one syllable in the Imperfect, the 
 second is monosyllabic. 
 
 The open oiHler is subdivided into 3 classes: 
 1 st Cl. has three syllables in the Imperfect, with vowel a, 
 2 nd Cl. has two syllables in the Imperfect, with vowel i, 
 3 rd Cl. has two syllables with change or modification of vowel
 
 35 
 
 (it has in the 1 st person us, but seems originally to have had 
 the vowel ). 
 
 The closed order has two manners of inflection. 
 
 1 st Cl. the one in which the change of vowel takes place 
 in the Indicative and Conjunctive of the Imperfect; the Part, 
 takes the same vowel of the main syllable as the present tense. 
 
 2'" 1 Cl. contains the modification of the vowel of the Im- 
 in the Part, with some exceptions. 
 
 Each of these two conjugations is subdivided in three 
 classes according to the modification of the vowel of the Im- 
 perfect. There are therefore altogether 9 Conjugations in which 
 every regular and irregular verb is included. 
 
 122. The following table will show the distinctive feature 
 of each: 
 
 I. Open Order. 
 
 1 st Form. 
 
 Pres. Indie. Imperfect. Sup. 
 
 1 st Class ek autla stlafia atlat 
 
 2 nd - - heyri heyrda beyrt 
 
 3 r ' 1 - - spyr spnrda spurt. 
 
 11. Closed Order. 
 
 2 1 " 1 Form. 
 
 1 st Class ek drep drep drap drepit 
 
 2 nd - - raft rdQ re9 raQit 
 
 3 rd - - dreg drag dro dregit. 
 
 3 rd Form. 
 
 1 st Class ek renn rann PI. runnum nmnit 
 2 nl - - lit leit - litum litiB 
 
 3 rd - - by8 bau8 - bu8um ho9it. 
 
 123. It must be borne in mind, that the indicative and 
 Conjunctive distinguish the Present and Imperfect, the Impe- 
 rative is only used in the Present. 
 
 The Infinitive and Participle are only single forms, but 
 they are both declined like nouns. 
 
 The Supine is the Participle in n. g. 
 
 The Participles end generally in -st, in the oldest lan- 
 guage in sk (an abbreviation of sik). 
 
 3*
 
 36 
 
 124. 
 
 I st Open Order. 
 
 /" Form. 
 
 kalla, to call; brenna, to burn; telja, to tell. 
 
 1" Class. 
 
 2 nd Class. 3 rd Class. 
 
 Indicative 
 
 Active. 
 
 Pres. Sing. 
 
 1. ek kalla 
 2. bii kallar 
 3. hann kallar 
 
 breuni 
 brennir 
 brennir 
 
 tel 
 telr 
 telr 
 
 Plur. 
 
 1. ver kollum 
 2. ber kallit 
 3. heir kalla 
 
 brennum 
 brennit 
 brenna 
 
 teljurn 
 telit 
 lelja 
 
 Imp. Sing. 
 
 1. ek kallafta (i) 
 2. bii kalla5ir 
 3. hann kallafti 
 
 brenda (i) 
 brendir 
 brendi 
 
 lalda (i) 
 taldir 
 taldi 
 
 Plur. 
 
 1. ver kolluSum 
 
 brendum 
 
 toldum 
 
 
 2. ber kolluSul 
 3. f>eir kolluchi 
 
 brendut 
 brendu 
 
 toldut 
 toldu 
 
 Conjunctive 
 
 
 
 
 Pres. Sing. 
 
 1. ek kalla (i) 
 2. bii kallir 
 3. bann kalli 
 
 brenna (i) 
 brennir 
 brenni 
 
 telja (teli) 
 telir 
 teli 
 
 Plur. 
 
 1. ver kallim 
 
 brennim 
 
 li'liin 
 
 
 2. ber kallit 
 3. beir kalli 
 
 brennit 
 brenni 
 
 telit 
 teli 
 
 Im%. Sing. 
 
 1. ek kallafti (a) 
 2. bii kalla5ir 
 3. hann kallaSi 
 
 brendi (a) 
 brendir 
 brendi 
 
 teldi (a) 
 teldir 
 teldi 
 
 Plur. 
 
 1. ver kallaftim 
 
 brendim 
 
 teldim 
 
 
 2. ber kalla5it 
 3. {>eir kallaSi 
 
 brendit 
 brendi 
 
 teldit 
 teldi 
 
 Imp. Sing. 
 
 2. kalla (-8u) 
 
 brenn (-du) 
 
 tel (-du) 
 
 Plur. 
 
 1. kollum (ver) 
 2. kallit (ber) 
 
 brennum 
 brennit 
 
 tel jinn 
 telit 
 
 Infinitive 
 Part. 
 Sup. 
 
 at kalla 
 kallanda, i 
 kallat. 
 
 brenna 
 brennanda, i 
 brent. 
 
 telja 
 teljanda, i 
 taht (tail).
 
 Indicative 
 
 37 
 
 I' 1 Class. 2 nd Class. 
 
 Passive. 
 
 3 rd Class. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 1. 
 
 kallast 
 
 brennist 
 
 telsl 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 kallast 
 
 brennist 
 
 telst 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 kallast 
 
 brennist 
 
 telst 
 
 
 Phtr. 
 
 1. 
 
 kollnmst 
 
 brennumst 
 
 teljumst 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 kallizt 
 
 brennizt 
 
 telizt 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 kallast. 
 
 brennast. 
 
 teljast. 
 
 Imp. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 1. 
 
 kalladist 
 
 brendist 
 
 taldist 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 kallaftist 
 
 brendist 
 
 taldist 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 kalladist 
 
 brendist 
 
 taldist 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 1. 
 
 kOlluSumst 
 
 brendumst 
 
 Wldumst 
 
 
 
 2. 
 
 kiilluduzt 
 
 brenduzt 
 
 tOlduzt 
 
 
 
 3. 
 
 k5llu5ust. 
 
 brendust. 
 
 tOldust. 
 
 Conjunctive 
 
 Pres. Sing. 
 
 \. kaUist 
 
 brennist 
 
 telist 
 
 
 2. kallist 
 
 brennist 
 
 telist 
 
 
 3. kallist 
 
 brennist 
 
 teiist 
 
 Plur. 
 
 1. kallimst 
 
 brennimst 
 
 telimst 
 
 
 2. kallizt 
 
 brennizt 
 
 telizt 
 
 
 3. kallist. 
 
 brennist. 
 
 telist. 
 
 Imp. Sing. 
 
 1. kalladist 
 
 brendist 
 
 teldist 
 
 
 2. kallaSist 
 
 brendist 
 
 teldist 
 
 
 3. kallaQist 
 
 brendist 
 
 teldist 
 
 Plur. 
 
 1. kalladimst 
 
 brendimst 
 
 teldimst 
 
 
 2. kalladizt 
 
 brendizt 
 
 teldizt 
 
 
 3. kallafrst. 
 
 brendist. 
 
 teldist 
 
 Imp. Sing. 
 
 2. kallast-u 
 
 brend-u 
 
 telst-u 
 
 Plur. 
 
 1 . kollumst (ver) 
 
 brennumst 
 
 teljumst 
 
 
 2. kallizt (ber). 
 
 brennizt. 
 
 telizt. 
 
 Infinitive 
 
 at kallast. 
 
 brennast. 
 
 teljast. 
 
 Part. 
 
 (kallandist). 
 
 (brennadist). 
 
 (teljamdist). 
 
 Sup. Pass. 
 
 kallazt. 
 
 brenzt 
 
 talizt (talzt). 
 
 125. Many ol the personal terminations are unsettled, we 
 have taken as the regular one those which have most claim 
 to be called so. The 1 st Person Pres. has sometimes r, and 
 becomes alike to the 2 ml and 3 rd Person, as: 
 ek kallar, ek brennir, ek telr,
 
 38 
 
 but the frequent and best use, as well as contractions, show 
 the r to be spurious as 
 
 kallag, brennig, telk, for kalla ek etc., 
 
 hyggig, hykk for hygg ek etc. 
 
 126. It is more correct to end the 1 st Pers. of the Im- 
 perfect in -a, than in -i, for the preceding part of the verb 
 has always those vowels which harmonize wilh a and not with 
 i, except when i in the Present has been substituted by deri- 
 vation and runs in every tense through the entire word, as 
 brenni, from brann. 
 
 127. The 1 st Pers. of the Conj. Present is also more 
 correctly ended in a than i, but both are frequently used, and 
 good manuscripts prefer in certain cases the -i. 
 
 Abbreviations like hugQak (Lodbrkv. 24) munak (Snorra 
 E. 35) also prove the termination -a. 
 
 The 1 st Person Plural has -im, in harmony with the other 
 termination, and by a general use of the ancients; in the mo- 
 dern language this person has been changed into -um as the 
 Indicative (kollum, brennum, teljum). 
 
 128. The 1 st Pers. of the Conj. Imp. has sometimes -a 
 instead of i in ancient writers, chiefly used by the Skalds; 
 but it is less correct considering the vowel of the chief syllable. 
 It is therefore less correct to say vekba ek than vekti ek 
 
 ba3paek - bsefti ek 
 
 (Snorra E. 97) except the third person be taken, which could 
 perhaps be placed in the 1 st pers., as is done in the oriental 
 languages. 
 
 It is however always correct in the plural that the 1 st pers. 
 should terminate in -im, the 2 1 " 1 in -it, although, -um, ut, is 
 to be met with in more recent Mss. In all verbs, (except the 
 1 st Class) with the modification of vowel in the principal syl- 
 lable, which requires the termination -i, as: 
 
 kOlluQum, kOlluQut, brendum, brendut, teldum, 
 
 t e 1 d u t.. 
 
 The 3 r<1 Pers. is only found in u, in the modern icelandic 
 of the northern dialect, as: 
 
 kollu5u, brendu, teldu 
 
 although these forms have crept into all Mss. The two first 
 persons in -um and -ut are generally wrong, even if they ap- 
 pear in the Sagas or the Skalds.
 
 39 
 
 129. It must be observed that the Imperative 1 >1 and 2' J 
 person harmonize with the Indicative Present. The third per- 
 son is formed by (he Conjunctive, as: Nj. 67: 
 
 koll urn karl enn skegglausa ! 
 and Sverriss. S. 185: 
 
 TVnom Birkibeinum ! 
 
 beri Sverrir hint verra! etc. 
 
 130. In reflective verbs the 1 st Person Plur. -umst, is often 
 seen, also in the 1 st Pers. Sing, as: 
 
 eigi berjumst ek (Fms. 6, 25), 
 ek hiigfimnst (Snorra E. 97). 
 
 131. The terminations of the Plural drop in the 1 st Pers. 
 -m, in the 2 nd Per?, -t (3) if immediately followed by a pronoun, 
 particularly in the Imperative, as: 
 
 megu ver, megu pit (Nj. 17", 
 for u ver! far i her! 
 
 132. The 1 st Class is very regular. Words which have no 
 -a in the principal syllable take naturally no modification, as: 
 
 ek skipa, ver skipum, ek s k i p a 5 a , ver skipudum, 
 not even those which have d', change it into a, although the 
 -u termin., which seems to have occasioned the d in the prin- 
 cipal syllable, is dropped and terminates in -a, as: 
 
 ekfjotra, ver fjfltrum, ek fjtitrada, ver fjotruduin, 
 
 f jot rat. 
 
 133. The other class has some irregularities, occasioned 
 by the vowel -i in the Imperfect and Part., which is dropped 
 if the consonant is the same as the root. The ancients make 
 
 it single, where it was double as: 
 
 byggi 
 
 hnykki 
 kippi 
 kenni 
 stemmi 
 h\es>i 
 
 byg5a 
 hnykta 
 kipta 
 kenda 
 stemda 
 hvesta 
 
 bygt -goY -g8 
 hnykt -ktr -kt 
 kipt -ptr -pt 
 kent -dr -d 
 stem! -dr -d 
 livest -tr -t. 
 
 134. The termination is still more influenced by the con- 
 sonant of the root 
 -/ after p, t, k, s,
 
 -da after 6, 8 (changed into d) fl, gl, fn, gn, m, 
 -8a after /", </, r and every vowel; with another consonant 
 preceding t is dropped behind tt or ?, 
 -d behind nd etc., 9 behind r8, as: 
 
 steypi 
 
 veiti 
 
 krffiki 
 
 lijesi 
 
 kembi 
 
 rei8i 
 
 efli 
 
 nefni 
 
 ILi'ini 
 
 deyfi 
 
 vigi 
 
 la?ri 
 
 PJai 
 
 hitti 
 
 vaenli 
 
 heiniti 
 
 sendi 
 
 vir8i 
 
 steypta 
 
 veitta 
 
 krcekta 
 
 liiesla 
 
 kembda 
 
 reidda 
 
 eflda 
 
 nefnda 
 
 fhemda 
 
 deyi'3a 
 
 vigSa 
 
 Iaer8a 
 
 bja8a 
 
 hit! a 
 
 vaenta 
 
 heimta 
 
 sen da 
 
 \ir8a 
 
 steypt 
 
 -ptr 
 
 -pt 
 
 veitt 
 
 -ttr 
 
 -tt 
 
 kroskt 
 
 -ktr 
 
 -kt 
 
 la-si 
 
 -sir 
 
 -st 
 
 kembt 
 
 -bdr 
 
 -bd 
 
 reidt 
 
 -ddr 
 
 -dd 
 
 eflt 
 
 -Idr 
 
 -Id 
 
 nefnt 
 
 -ndr 
 
 -nd 
 
 fla?mt 
 
 -mdr 
 
 -md 
 
 deyft 
 vigt 
 laert 
 
 -f5r 
 -g8r 
 -r8r 
 
 -f5 
 
 - 
 r5 
 
 pa8 
 hitt 
 
 -8r 
 -ttr 
 
 -9 
 -tt 
 
 va;nt 
 
 -tr 
 
 -t 
 
 h oil ul 
 
 -tr 
 
 -t 
 
 sent 
 
 -dr 
 
 -d 
 
 virt 
 
 -9r 
 
 -8. 
 
 135. Those in -Ig, -ng, receive in some Mss. -Igfta, -ngfta; 
 in others -Igda, -ngda; as fylgda, tengda (Fms. 7) 
 Those in /, n receive partly -da, partly -ta, as: fell, fellda 
 (felda); masli, mselta, s^ni, s^nda; raeni, raenta. 
 
 136. Those whose last consonant is g or fr, even with 
 another consonant preceding, do not always drop the i, but 
 change it into /, which they retain before the terminations -a 
 and -H, as: 
 
 byggi, ver byggjum, beir byggja, at byggja, 
 byggjanda; likewise: 
 
 ek fylgi, ver fylgjum; ek syrgi, ver syrgjum; 
 ek .teingi, ver teingjum; ek fylki, ver fylkjum; 
 ek merki, vermerkjum. 
 
 137. It will be observed that this class does not modify 
 the vowel, having already received the modification in the Qrst 
 person (-t), which is transmitted without regard to the ter- 
 mination. In some words this is not accidental; it seems as if
 
 41 
 
 the characteristic letter should be ; these words have other 
 irregularities, the most important of them are: 
 
 dugi at duga dugdka Conj. dyg8i dugat 
 
 vaki 
 
 - vaka 
 
 vakta 
 
 - 
 
 vekti 
 
 vakit 
 
 -inn -in 
 
 kaupi 
 
 - kaupa 
 
 keypta 
 
 - 
 
 keypti 
 
 keipt 
 
 -tr -t 
 
 poJi 
 
 - pola 
 
 polda 
 
 - 
 
 l>yldi 
 
 polat 
 
 
 pori 
 
 - |)ora 
 
 por8a 
 
 - 
 
 j)yr8i 
 
 jiorat 
 
 
 uiii 
 
 - una 
 
 unda 
 
 - 
 
 yndi 
 
 nnal 
 
 
 vari 
 
 - vara 
 
 var8a 
 
 or 
 
 vara8a-i 
 
 varat 
 
 
 trui 
 
 - tn'ia 
 
 triiSa 
 
 Conj. 
 
 try8i 
 
 In'iat 
 
 
 n;e 
 
 - na 
 
 na8a 
 
 - 
 
 nac8i 
 
 na8 
 
 
 le (IjiB) 
 
 - lj a 
 
 Ie8a 
 
 - 
 
 Ie8i 
 
 Ie8. 
 
 
 138. To this class belongs the auxilliary verb ,,hefi" 
 to have: 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Present. Sing. 1. hefi 
 2. 3. hefir 
 Plur. \. hofum 
 
 2. hafit 
 
 3. hafa 
 Imperf. Sing. 1. hal'fta 
 
 2. haf8ir 
 
 3. haf5i 
 Plur. 1. hOfQum 
 
 2. hoTQut 
 
 3. hOf3u. 
 
 Imperat. Sing. 2. haf-8u 
 Plur. 1. hOfum 
 2. hafiS 
 
 Conjunctive. 
 
 Present. Sing. 1. hafa 
 
 2. hafir 
 
 3. haQ 
 Plur. 1. hafim 
 
 2. hafit 
 
 3. hafi 
 Imperf. Sing. \. hef5i 
 
 2. hef^ir 
 
 3. hef8i 
 Plur. 1. hef5im 
 
 2. hefSit 
 
 3. hefft. 
 Infinit. at hafa 
 
 Part, hafanda, i 
 Sup. haft, -ffir, 
 
 139. Sometimes the modification of a vowel appears in 
 the F'resent: 
 
 na3 veld 
 
 naer veldr 
 
 iiam (for naum) vOldum 
 n, lit valdit 
 
 na (for na*a); valda. 
 
 Sing. 1. vaki 
 
 2. 3. vakir 
 
 Plur. \. vokuni 
 
 2. vakit 
 
 3. vaka;
 
 42 
 
 Veld is one of the most irregular verbs: Imperf. olli, 
 Conj. ylli, Sup. valdit, now ollal, Infin. valda (only 
 olla). In the Supine differs: lifi, Iif8i, lifat. 
 
 140. The third Class is monosyllabic in the Present 
 Sing., but takes a -j before the finals in -a, -u. In the Im- 
 perfect it has like the preceding -ta, -da, or 5a, but more 
 regularly da after /, n. In the Part. Past, it has sometimes 
 the shortened sometimes the mixed form (95). The Imperfect 
 and Part. Past, has only a double modification of vowel, either 
 e into a, or y into u, as: 
 
 glep 
 
 at glepja 
 
 glapta 
 
 glepti 
 
 glapit (glaptj, 
 
 to lead astray 
 
 let 
 
 - lelja 
 
 latta 
 
 letti 
 
 lall. 
 
 to let 
 
 vek 
 
 - vekja 
 
 vakti 
 
 vekti 
 
 vakit, 
 
 to waken 
 
 kve8 
 
 - kvedja 
 
 kvaddi 
 
 kveddi 
 
 kvadt, 
 
 to take leave 
 
 vel 
 
 - velja 
 
 valda 
 
 veldi 
 
 valit, 
 
 to chose 
 
 ven 
 
 - venja 
 
 van da 
 
 vendi 
 
 vanit, 
 
 to wean 
 
 tern 
 
 - temja 
 
 tamda 
 
 terndi 
 
 tamit, 
 
 to tame 
 
 kref 
 
 - krelja 
 
 kraf5a 
 
 krel'Si 
 
 krafit (kraft), 
 
 to crave 
 
 legg 
 
 - leggja 
 
 laggSa 
 
 Ieg5i 
 
 (lagit) lagt, 
 
 to lay down 
 
 her 
 
 - berja 
 
 bar3a 
 
 bertfi 
 
 barit (bart), 
 
 to smite 
 
 flyt 
 
 - flytja 
 
 flulta 
 
 flytti 
 
 flutt, 
 
 to carry 
 
 lyk 
 
 - lykja 
 
 lukta 
 
 lykli 
 
 lukt, 
 
 to shut to 
 
 pys 
 
 - pysja 
 
 pusta 
 
 bysti 
 
 bust, 
 
 to rush on 
 
 rv5 
 
 - rydja 
 
 rudda 
 
 ryddi 
 
 rudt, 
 
 to root out 
 
 hyl 
 
 - hylja 
 
 hulda 
 
 hyldi 
 
 (hull) hulit, 
 
 to hide 
 
 styn 
 
 - stynja 
 
 stunda 
 
 styndi 
 
 (stunt) stunit, 
 
 to groan 
 
 rym 
 
 - rymja 
 
 rumda 
 
 rymdi 
 
 rumt, 
 
 to roar 
 
 tygg 
 
 - tyggja 
 
 tugQa 
 
 tygSi 
 
 tuggit, 
 
 to chew 
 
 spyr 
 
 - spyja 
 
 spurfta 
 
 spyrSi 
 
 spurt, 
 
 to ask 
 
 11 
 
 - lyja 
 
 Iu9a 
 
 Iy8i 
 
 luit (Iu9), 
 
 to hammer. 
 
 141. Irregular in the Sup. is: hygg, hugQa, hugat. 
 The five following do not change the vowel: 
 
 set at setja setta setti sett, to set 
 
 sel - selja selda seldi sell, to sell 
 
 skil - skilja skilda skildi (skill) skilit, t<> separate 
 vii - vilja vilda vildi viljat, to will 
 
 fty - ftyja flfQa flyft ftyit, to fly. 
 
 of these vil is found in the ancient Manuscripts in the 2 nd 
 and 3' d person: vill (for vilr) sometimes to {the 2 nd person 
 villtu or vilt, modific. form Infin. vildu for vilja.
 
 43 
 
 The five following have in the Present: 
 
 sagl, to say 
 bagat, to be silent 
 bolt, to think 
 ort to write verse 
 yrkt to work 
 s6tt, to seek. 
 
 142. Some are also irregular in the Present, where they 
 become monosyll. ; and like the Imperfect of the closed order, 
 they are: 
 
 scgi 
 
 at segja 
 
 sagda 
 
 seg5i 
 
 begi 
 
 - legja 
 
 bag8a 
 
 pegft 
 
 l>ykki 
 
 - bykkja 
 
 jx'tlta 
 
 bffitti 
 
 yrki 
 
 - yrkja 
 
 f orta 
 I yrkta 
 
 yrti 
 yrkti 
 
 soeki 
 
 - soekja 
 
 s6lta 
 
 soetti 
 
 ann 
 
 at unna 
 
 unna 
 
 ynni 
 
 unt, 
 
 to grant 
 
 man 
 
 - muna 
 
 munda 
 
 myndi 
 
 munat, 
 
 to remember 
 
 kann 
 
 - kunna 
 
 kunna 
 
 kynni 
 
 kunnat, 
 
 to be able 
 
 man 
 
 mini 
 
 - mundu 
 
 - iiiiiini 
 
 > munda 
 
 ( myndi 
 1 mundi 
 
 wanting 
 
 will, would 
 
 skal 
 
 {- skyldu 
 - skulu 
 
 I skylda 
 
 skyldi 
 
 wanting 
 
 shall, ought 
 
 barf 
 
 - burfa 
 
 Juirfta 
 
 byrfti 
 
 purft, 
 
 to be needful 
 
 A 
 
 - eiga 
 
 :ilt:i 
 
 setli 
 
 all, 
 
 to own 
 
 in;i 
 
 - mega 
 
 matta 
 
 ni;i'lli 
 
 mStt, \ 
 
 to be able 
 
 ku:'. 
 
 - knega 
 
 knatta 
 
 kiiM-lli 
 
 (knaHt), ( 
 
 
 veil 
 
 - vita 
 
 vissa 
 
 vissi 
 
 vita9, 
 
 to know. 
 
 A regular word unni, unta, ynti, unt must be di- 
 stinguished from ann. For kna" is also found knai, knafta, 
 k n a 5. 
 
 143. The irregularities in the Present consist in these 
 verbs, that the 1 st and 3 rd person are alike, the 2" d receives 
 the termination -t or -st in words in which the principal letter 
 is t, chiefly in the word veil; the 2 nd pers. Plur. receives in 
 some words -ut or -#, the 3 rd pers. Plur. often receives -u (o) 
 by the ancient, and -a by the modern writers, as: 
 
 1. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 3. kann 
 2. kant 
 
 sk;il 
 skalt 
 
 a 
 All 
 
 veil 
 
 vci/.l 
 
 1. kunnum 
 2. kunnit 
 3. kunna. 
 
 skulum 
 skulut 
 skulu. 
 
 eigum 
 eigut ti) 
 eigu (a). 
 
 vitum 
 vili8 (a5) 
 vita (u).
 
 44 
 
 144. 
 
 II nd Closed Order. 
 II nd Form. 
 
 gefa, to (jive; Hta, to let: fara, to fare. 
 1 >1 Class. 2 nd Class. 3 rd Class. 
 
 Indicative 
 
 Active. 
 
 Pres. Sing. 
 
 1. gef 
 
 Ia3t 
 
 fer 
 
 2. 
 
 3. gefr 
 
 Iffltr 
 
 ferr 
 
 Plur. 
 
 1. gefuin 
 
 latuni 
 
 fOrum 
 
 
 2. gefit 
 
 lati? 
 
 farit 
 
 
 3. gefa 
 
 lata 
 
 fara 
 
 Imp. Sing. 
 
 1. gaf 
 
 let 
 
 f6r 
 
 
 2. gaft 
 
 lezt 
 
 fort 
 
 
 3. gaf 
 
 let. 
 
 for 
 
 Plur. 
 
 1. gafum 
 
 letum 
 
 f6rum 
 
 
 2. gafut 
 
 Ietu5 
 
 f6rut 
 
 
 3. gafu. 
 
 letu. 
 
 f6ru. 
 
 Conjunctive 
 
 
 
 
 Pres. Sing. 
 
 I . gefa (i) 
 
 lata (i) 
 
 fara (i) 
 
 
 2. geQr 
 
 latir 
 
 farir 
 
 
 3. gefi 
 
 lati 
 
 fari 
 
 Plur. 
 
 1. geflm 
 
 lalini 
 
 farim 
 
 
 2. geQt 
 
 iatid 
 
 farit 
 
 
 3. gefi 
 
 lati 
 
 fari 
 
 Imp. Sing. 
 
 1. gsefi(a) 
 
 leti (a) 
 
 foeri (a) 
 
 
 2. gififir 
 
 letir 
 
 ferir 
 
 
 3. gaefi 
 
 leti 
 
 tori 
 
 Plur. 
 
 1. ggefim 
 
 letim 
 
 foerim 
 
 
 2. gaefit 
 
 Ieti8 
 
 foerit 
 
 
 3. gajfi 
 
 leti 
 
 fffiri 
 
 Imp. Sing. 
 
 2. gef (-5u) 
 
 hit 
 
 far 
 
 Plur. 
 
 1. gefum 
 
 latniii 
 
 fdrum 
 
 
 2. gefit 
 
 Iali5 
 
 farit 
 
 Inf. 
 
 at gefa 
 
 lata 
 
 fara 
 
 Part. 
 
 gefanda, i. 
 
 hilaudii, i. 
 
 faranda, i 
 
 Sup. 
 
 gefit. 
 
 lati?. 
 
 farit.
 
 45 
 
 III rd Form. 
 
 
 brenna, to burn; gripa, to gripe; 
 
 s kj6ta. 
 
 I' 1 Class. 2 nd Class. 
 
 3 rd Class. 
 
 Indicative Passive. 
 
 
 Pres. Sing. 1. brenn grip 
 2. 3. brennr gripr 
 
 skyt 
 skytr 
 
 Plur. 1. brennum gripum 
 2. brennit gi'fpit 
 3. brenna gripa 
 
 skjotum 
 skj6li5 
 skj6ta 
 
 Imp. Sing. 1. brann greip 
 2. brant greipt 
 3. brann greip 
 
 skaut 
 skauzt 
 skaut 
 
 Plur. 1. brunnum gripum 
 
 2. In iinniit gripul 
 3. brunnu. gripu. 
 
 skutum 
 skutuft 
 skutu. 
 
 Conjunctive 
 
 
 Pres. Sing. 1. brenna (i) gripa 
 2. brennir gripir 
 3. brenni giipi 
 
 skj6ta (i) 
 skjoiir 
 skjoti 
 
 Plur. 1. brennim gripim 
 2. brennit gripit 
 3. brenni gripi 
 
 skjolim 
 skj6ti5 
 
 skjoli 
 
 Imp. Sing. 1. brynni (a) gripi (a) 
 2. brynnir gripir 
 3. brynni gripi 
 
 skyti (a) 
 skylir 
 skyli 
 
 Plur. 1. brynnim gripim 
 2. brynnil gripit 
 3. brynni gripi 
 
 skylim 
 skytid 
 skyti 
 
 Imp. Sing. 2. brenn grip 
 
 skjot 
 
 Plur. 1. brennum gripum 
 2. brennit gripit 
 
 skj6tum 
 skj6ti5 
 
 Inf. at brenna gripa 
 
 skji'dii 
 
 Part, brennanda, i grfpanda, i 
 
 skj6tanda, 
 
 Sup. liriiiniit. gripit. 
 
 >l\nli|. 
 
 145. As a singularity in tbe Conjugation of tins closed Or- 
 der, it must be noticed that those whose principal letter is- s,
 
 46 
 
 take in the 2 nd and 3 rd person not -r, but in the 2" d -t, and 
 retain in the 3 rd the termination of the first, as: 
 
 ek les, bu lest, hann les, Imp. las, Sup. lesit; 
 
 ek blass, bu falsest, hann blses, Imp. bles; Sup. bla"sit; 
 
 ek ris, bii rist, hann ris, Imp. r e i s , Sup. r i s i t ; 
 
 ekfrys, bii fryst, hann fry s, Imp. fraus, Sup. fro sit. 
 No doubt this belongs to the modern icelandic language, not to 
 the genuine old Norsk, in which the termination was without 
 doubt r, contracted with s into ss: 
 
 ek eys, bu eiss (Lokagl. 4), hann eiss, ver ausum, 
 Imp. jos, Sup. a us it. Also: 
 
 ek vex, bii vex (not bu vext), Snorra E. 114, hann 
 
 vex, sst. ver vflxum, Imp. v6x or 6x, Sup. vaxit. 
 The modern language applies this rule generally to those words, 
 whose principal letter is r as: 
 
 eg fer, pii fer 5, hann fer, for 
 
 ek fer, pii ferr, hann ferr, 
 which is generally the rule in the ancient language. 
 
 146. The 2 nd form, If Class, contains some irregular 
 verbs, as: 
 
 kem 
 
 sef 
 
 get 
 
 get 
 
 et 
 
 veg 
 
 ligg 
 
 troSa tra<5 tra"9um 
 
 trafti 
 
 troSit, 
 
 to tread 
 
 koma kvam kva"mum 
 
 kva3mi 
 
 kornit 
 
 to come 
 
 sofa svaf sval'um 
 
 SV33fi 
 
 so fit, 
 
 to sleep 
 
 geta gat ga"tum 
 
 gaeti 
 
 geU5, 
 
 to beget 
 
 geta gat ga"tum 
 
 gseti 
 
 getaS, 
 
 to talk of 
 
 eta at -urn 
 
 a?ti 
 
 eti5, 
 
 to eat 
 
 vega vS -gum 
 
 vaegi 
 
 vegit, 
 
 to kill 
 
 liggja la -gum 
 
 Ia3gi 
 
 legit, 
 
 to lie 
 
 piggja pa -gum 
 
 baegi 
 
 begit, 
 
 to receive 
 
 - se 
 
 - sa 
 
 sa -m 
 
 saei sed (se5), to see. 
 
 For kvam etc. we find often kom-um, kasrni, rarely in the 
 Imp. Sing. v3g, Hg, bg; the second person is bii va"tt 
 (Nj. 203), not vdgt. The word se shortens, when u follows 
 after a, as: in the Pres. sj&m (ver), Hk. 1, 163, and in the 
 Imperf. sa<5 (per), Nj. 8. Part. Pass, adds j before e or takes 
 the accent, as: in n. g. set (or se9), in m. g. senn (Fms. 
 5, 249) or se<5r, in f. g. sen. 
 
 147. To this class belongs also the auxiliary verb, ek 
 em, / am:
 
 47 
 
 Indicative: Conjunctive: Imperative: 
 Pres. Sitig. ek em (er) / am. se veri 
 bu ert ser ver-tu (verir) 
 hann er se veri 
 
 Plur. ver erum 
 
 sem verum 
 
 |)er erut 
 
 se8 vent 
 
 J>eir eru. 
 
 se. veri. 
 
 Imp. Sing, ek var / was. 
 bii vart 
 hann var 
 Plur. ver vArum 
 ]>er vArut 
 
 va3ri (a) Infinitive: 
 vajrir Pres. at vera 
 vairi Part, veranda, i 
 va3rim Sup. verit 
 va3rit 
 
 |>eir vAru 
 
 vjfiri. 
 
 148. Some have irregular modification of the vowels in 
 the Supine, 0s: 
 
 in'tii at nema nam 
 
 namiim na>mi niunit 
 
 breg8 - breg5a bra" 
 ber - bera bar 
 
 brugQum bryg5i brugfiit 
 
 luii'iim li.ni borit 
 
 sker - skera skar 
 
 skArum >k,rri skorit 
 
 stel - stela stal 
 
 stdlum >i;i li stolit 
 
 fel - fe,a { J*, 
 
 IVdum f.i-li falit i 
 folum) folgit | 
 
 / op 
 
 149. The second class has but few irregularities, these are: 
 
 heit at hcita 
 
 lieiti - heita 
 
 hangi - hanga 
 
 geing - ganga 
 
 het -um -i heitiQ 
 
 het -um -i heitiS 
 
 hekk hengum -i hringit 
 
 gekk gengum -i gengit 
 
 fekk fengum -i fengit. 
 
 150. Several belonging to this class are quite irregular in 
 the Imperfect: 
 
 ny nua nera -rum -ri ni'iit 
 
 ny snua snera (Nj. 95) -rum -ri sniiit 
 
 ro3 r6a rera -rum -ri roil 
 
 gro; groa grc-ra -rum -ri gr6it 
 
 they are conjugated according to Ihe first form, namely 2 n<l IMTS. : 
 nerir, 3 rd neri etc. In the old language we often iiiul (i 
 or ey for e, in the new language e, as: nera or neri, sneri, 
 etc. The word rsS, which is regular in the old language, 
 forms in the new the Imperfect with additional t, refli.
 
 48 
 
 151. The third Class has the following irregularities: 
 
 svar sverja / S r8i s f r8um Sver8i j svarit, to swear 
 I s6r sorum SORH I 
 
 stend standa sto5 -urn stoebi staSit, to stand 
 
 sla3 sla" sl6 -gum sloegi slegit, to strike 
 
 fl fla" fl6 -gum floegi flegit, to flay 
 
 hlae hteja hlo -gum hlffigi hlegit, to laugh 
 dey deyja d6 -gum doegi dSit, to die 
 
 spy spyja spj6 -m spuit, to spit. 
 
 In the Sing. Imperf. we find, although rarely 
 
 slog, flog, 16g, d6g. 
 
 The g is more frequently dropped in the Plur. of the Conj. 
 Imperfect, as: 
 
 s!6um, don, hloei (Fms. 2, 152). 
 
 152. Some verbs are quite irregular in the plural of the 
 Imperfecl, Indicative and Conjunctive, as: 
 
 vex vaxa ox uxum yxi vaxit, to wax, grow 
 eyk auka jok jukum jyki aukit, to increase 
 eys ausa j6s jusum jysi ausit, to sprinkle 
 hleyp hlaupa hlj6p hlupum hlypi hlaupit, to run, urge 
 by biia bjo bjuggum bjyggi buit, to dwell 
 hOgg hOggva hj6 hjuggum hjyggi hOggvit, to hew. 
 We also find 6xum, hlj6pum, but this form is spurious, 
 as the Conjunct. O3xi, hi j 02 pi is not used, but only yxi, 
 hlypi, which presupposes in the plur. of the Indicat. uxum, 
 hlupum. 
 
 153. The 1 st form of the 3 rd Class has also the following 
 irregular verbs: 
 
 finn finna fann fundum fyndi fundit, to find 
 bind binda batt bundum byndi bundit to bind 
 vind vinda vatt undum yndi undit to wind 
 sting stinga stakk stungum styngi slungit to sting 
 spring springa sprakk spningum spryngi spningit, to split 
 geld gjalda gait guldum gyldi goldit, tobeworth,pay 
 skelf skjilfa skalf skulfum skylfi skolfit, to shake 
 hverf hverfa hvarf hurfum hyrfi horfit, to diminish. 
 The last are regular with the exception of the accent in sk j a 1 f a , 
 such is also the auxilliary verb: 
 
 ek ver9, at verSa, Var5, urSum, yrQi, or5it.
 
 Most of the regular verbs have o in the first syllable of the 
 Sup.; only those which have n after the vowel, receive u; also 
 
 drekk, drakk, drukkit 
 because kk stauds here for nk or ngk (38). 
 
 154. The second class is very regular. But the Verbs in 
 -ig have in the Imperfect not only -eig, but also the 2 n>1 form 
 of the 2 d Class in e, with a dropped g, as: 
 
 } 
 
 I ste (steum stei) I 
 
 Likewise: vik, vikja, veik or vi>k (Paradism. S. 218). 
 
 155. The third class is also very regular; only a few have 
 in the Imperfect ; occasioned by a double Consonant following 
 it, which is pronounced hard. Some in -ng take in the first 
 syllable of the Sup. after a vowel u. These ought to be added 
 to those which take in the Imperfect; but the extension of 
 all vowels before -ng (34) is the reason that they generally 
 take -aw, as: 
 
 sukk sOkkva sOkk sukkum sykki sokkit, to sink 
 
 stokk stokkva stokk stukkum stykki stokkit, to leap. 
 
 hrokk hrOkkva hrokk hrukkum hrykki hrokkit, to move quickly 
 
 isyng syngja saung siingum syngi sungit, I fQ g| . 
 
 Isyug syngva sOng sungum [ syngi sungit, I 
 
 Thus also sl^ng, slaung (Helgakv. Hundb. I. V. 33); slun- 
 gil, and bryng, braung, |)rungit, which are however 
 antiquated poetical words. 
 
 Auxiliary Verbs. 
 
 156. These auxiliary verbs are used to supply the wanting 
 tenses by periphrase ; they are very simple in the Old Norsk, 
 and were less frequently in use than in the Danish, otherwise 
 they are about the same. 
 
 Future periphr. man (mun) and skal; 
 
 Future preterite, munda, skylda; 
 
 Perfect, hefi, em (er); 
 
 Pluperfect. haf8a, var, 
 f. i. with the auxiliary verbs em and ver5. 
 
 Icelandic Grammar. 4
 
 50 
 
 Indicative 
 
 Put. periph. ek man vera 
 
 - skal vera 
 Put. prefer. - munda vera 
 
 - skylda vera 
 hefi verit 
 
 Perfect. 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 - hafSa verit 
 
 Conjunctive 
 
 Put. periph. ek muna (i) vera 
 
 - skula (i) vera 
 Put. prefer. - myndi (a) vera 
 
 - skyldi (a) vera 
 Perfect. - hafa (i) verit 
 
 Pluperfect. - heffti (a) verit 
 
 Derivative Forms 
 
 Ind. Put. per. (at) munda vera 
 
 - skyldu vera 
 Perfect. - hafa verit 
 
 Part. Perf. - hafanda verit. 
 The Part. Perf. was rarely used. 
 
 ek man verQa 
 
 - skal ver5a 
 
 - munfta \er5a 
 
 - skylda verSa 
 
 - hefi or8it 
 
 - em orSinn 
 
 - haffia or5it 
 
 - var or5inn. 
 
 ek muna (i) verSa 
 
 - skula (i) verSa 
 
 - myndi (a) ver5a 
 
 - skyldi (a) verfta 
 
 - hafa (i) or5it 
 
 - se ordinn 
 
 - heffii (a) orSit 
 
 - vseri (a) orfinn 
 
 (at) munda ver9a 
 
 - skyldu verfta 
 
 - hafa or9it 
 
 - vera or5inn 
 
 - hafandi orSit 
 
 - hafandi or5inn. 
 
 157. Passive. 
 
 Indicative 
 
 Pres. ek em (er) kallaQr talinn etc. 
 
 Imp. - var kallaQr talinn 
 
 Future. - man (ver5a) kallaSr talinn 
 
 Put. pret. .- munda (ver8a) kalla5r talinn 
 
 Perf. - hefi verit kallaQr talinn 
 
 Pluperf. - haffta verit kalla5r talinn 
 
 Conjunctive 
 
 Pres. ek se kalla8r talinn 
 
 Imp. - vaeri (a) kalla5r talinn 
 
 Future. - muna (i) [verSa] kalla3r talinn 
 
 v
 
 51 
 
 Fut. pret. - myndi (a) [ver5a] kalla5r talinn 
 
 Per/. - hafa (i) verit kallaSr talinn 
 
 Phtperf. - hefSi (a) verit kallaQr talinn 
 
 Derivative Forms 
 
 Ind. Put. per. at vera kallaSr talinn 
 
 Perf. - mundu [ver5a] kallaSr talinn 
 
 Pluperf. - hafa verit kallaoV talinn 
 
 These periphrase iorms are rarely used in the order we have 
 given, they are partly separated, partly transposed by inserted 
 words. 
 
 Skal is used in an obligatory and assured sense. After 
 man or skal verQa or vera is frequently left out. Vera 
 is used for the present time, which has begun, verQa, for the 
 future time, which is now beginning, man and skal for the 
 future time, not yet begun. 
 
 158. The Passive form in -st, has also derivatives, as: 
 
 ek man kallast teljast 
 
 - munda kallast teljast 
 
 - hefi kallazt talizt 
 
 - haffta kallazt talizt etc. 
 
 V. Particles. 
 
 159. This class of words, generally not inflected, take a 
 comparison, they form the Comparative in -a, the Superlative 
 in -ast; some have shorter forms in -r, -st: 
 
 opt 
 
 tilt 
 
 vfSa 
 
 nor3r 
 
 skamt 
 
 leingi 
 
 160. Some are irregular or imperfect: 
 
 vel betr bezt good 
 
 ilia verr verst bad 
 
 mjok meir mest much 
 
 lilt minnr (mi5r) minnst little 
 
 gjarna heldr helzt rather 
 
 uti utar yzt without 
 
 4* 
 
 optar 
 tiQar 
 vi9ar 
 nor8ar 
 skemr 
 leingr 
 
 optast 
 ti8ast 
 viQast 
 norQast 
 skemst 
 leingst 
 
 often 
 closely 
 widely 
 northerly 
 shortly 
 long ago.
 
 52 
 
 inni innar innst within 
 
 uppi ofar (efra) ofarst (efst) up 
 
 niQri neQar neQst beneath. 
 
 The n. g. of the adjective in the 1 st and 2'" 1 degree has often 
 two forms with different significations as: 
 
 utar, outside (opposite the door, but visible), 
 ytra, without (out of sight), 
 leingr and skemr, shorter, only of time, 
 leingra and skemra, shorter, only of place. 
 
 The Formation of Words. 
 
 161. The formation of words, much resembles the Danish, 
 but it is more lively, richer and more certain. We do not 
 intend to enter here into a minute disquisition, but one of the 
 chief sources of derivation deserves attention, il is the Imper- 
 fect of the 2" d Order. From the plural are derived: 
 
 162. A) Nouns, such as: 
 
 drip, from drep, drap, dra"pum; 
 
 na"m from iiem, nam, namum; 
 
 fengr from fae, fekk, fen gum; 
 
 soeri from sver, s6r; 
 
 hloegi from hlae, hlog; 
 
 fundr from finn, fann, fundum; 
 
 spriinga from spring, sprakk, sprungum; 
 
 hvarf from hverf, hvarf; 
 
 stig from stig, steig, stigum; 
 
 bit from bit, beit, bitum; 
 
 saungr (sflngr) from syng, saung (sOng). 
 
 Sometimes there is no difference at all, and the noun 
 seems to be the genuine old Imperfect, as: 
 
 brag 5 from bregU, bra; 
 
 bo 5 from by 5, bau8; 
 
 skot from skyt, skaut. 
 
 The plural brug5um seems to be formed from bragS and 
 not from bra; also stigum from stig, not from steig, 
 bitum from bit, not from beit; bu5um, Conj. form by5i, 
 from bo8, not from bau8; skutum, Conj. form skyti,
 
 53 
 
 from skot, not from skaut. Related languages show the 
 same, as for instance the english 
 
 / bite, bit, I shoot, shot, with a bit, a shot, as nouns; 
 such is also the german: 
 
 beisse, biss, schiesse, schoss and the nouns: Biss, Schuss. 
 Sometimes the German language lengthens the vowel as in 
 
 steige, stieg; biete, bot; 
 
 but even these lengthened Imperfects harmonize with the Old 
 Norsk nouns: 
 
 stig, bo9, not steig, bau5. 
 But transitions occur from 
 i'i into i 
 
 au (ey) into o (ut 
 even in the old norsk formation of words, as: 
 
 veik-t vik-na; baugr, beygi bogi, bugr. 
 
 163. B) Adjectives which show in the Active as well as 
 Passive that the exlention of the verb is possible. These are 
 so much more remarkable, as they have entirely disapeared 
 in the modern language, as: 
 
 dra3p-t, dr;ep-r, drp, what one may Ml; 
 naem-t, to take easily, contagious, 
 
 & - f e n gr, which is easily received, goes into the head, intoxicates ; 
 al-geng-t, (german gctng und gctbe) current, usual, from 
 
 geng, gekk, gengum; 
 foer- 1, navigable, from fer, for; 
 upp-tock-t, takeable, from tek. t6k. 
 fleyg-t, (german flilgge) fledged, from fl^g, flaug; 
 n e y t - 1 , useful, from n $ t , n a u t etc. 
 
 164. C) Verbs, which instead of the unobjective take the 
 active signification, or if the root were active they take the 
 figurative signification as: 
 
 svtefi, to fall asleep, from sef, svaf, sva"fum; 
 
 saUi, to watch, from sit, sat, s a" turn; 
 
 hacngi, to hang up, from hangi, hekk, hengum; 
 
 felli, to fell, from fell, fell-urn; 
 
 breyti, to alter, from bryt, braut; 
 
 neyti, to eat etc.
 
 54 
 
 Syntax. 
 
 165. In the position of sentences the Old Norsk resembles 
 the Danish, but the definite inflection to which the ancients 
 paid great attention, gave them greater scope and freedom in 
 the composition of the sentence. The most remarkable differ- 
 ence of this kind is the custom of placing the verb, particu- 
 larly the Imperfect, before the noun or pronoun, as: 
 
 kallaSi Njall betta lOgvOrn; 
 
 varu f bessu p margir hOfQingjar; 
 
 ok fekst bat af; 
 
 gengu hvarirtveggju ha"; 
 
 ri9a beir mi heim. 
 
 166. The numeral pronouns up to 29 are always added to 
 the noun as adjectives, whether declinable or not, as: 
 
 brir islenzkirmenn; fimta"n bcendr; tuttuguskip 
 
 (HK. 3, 344), 
 but 30 and the higher decimals govern the word in the Ace. as: 
 
 brjdtigi skipa; sextigi heiftingja (Fins. 6, 61); 
 
 tfutigi manna (Fms. 7, 303). 
 
 The reason of this is, that the last part of this compound is 
 a noun (119) as with 
 
 hundraS as: prjii hundru5 nauta. 
 
 167. The Verbs frequently govern the Gen. as in other 
 languages, often the Dat. and Ace. Some govern two cases, 
 two Gen., two Dat. or Gen. and Dat., Dat. and Ace. etc. 
 
 One of these rules has such expansion that we must spe- 
 cify it; it is this: a number of verbs govern the Dative, showing 
 that a thing changes place and position, without being changed 
 in its own basis, as: 
 
 sny, vendi, fleygi, kasta, sk^t, lypti, dreifi, sa"i, 
 
 styri, rse9 etc. 
 Some take the Gen. in a different signification, as: 
 
 hann skaut Oru til mannsins; but: 
 
 skj6ttu manninn bann hinn mikla. 
 
 All Verbs which express a use, assistance, injury, saying etc. 
 govern the Dative, some of them take two Datives, as: 
 
 hann Iofa5i henni bvi; lion svaraoM hdnum pvi.
 
 .jr. 
 
 Prepositions. 
 
 168. The following govern the Accusative: 
 urn (of), over umfram, before 
 unihvciTis, round about Irani yfir, over 
 
 i gcgnum, through, by framundir, against, 
 also a great many combinations with um, as: 
 
 ut um, out of, outside, 
 
 inn um; yfir um, i bring um (around in a ring], 
 and those signifying a position, as: 
 
 fyrir norQan, fyrir sunn an, fyrir ofan, fyrir ne5- 
 
 an, fyrir utan, fyrir innan, also fyrir handan Sna. 
 
 169. The Dativ govern: 
 
 af, of lija, by 
 
 fr, from asamt, together with 
 
 Or, yr, ur, or, out gagnvart, above 
 undan, out of m6t, 5 m6ti, i m6ti, against, 
 with some combinations, as: 
 
 lit af, upp fra, fram or, a" undan (before), 
 
 framhjei, by, over; 
 
 i gegn, against; 
 
 & hendr, against, in opposition; 
 
 til ban da, for, for the best; 
 also: user, na3rri, fjarri, near, yet. 
 
 170. The Genitive govern: 
 
 til, to millum, a" milli, & meftal, between 
 
 an, on, without i sta5 (bans), instead of (his) 
 utan, out of sakir (fyrir sakir) | 
 innan, within sOkum > by means of, 
 
 auk, without vegna 
 and the composita with me gin, as: 
 
 bd8um megin, on both sides, 
 
 bo ru m m e g i n , h i n u m megin, on each side, 
 
 }> e s s u m megin, on t his side, 
 
 6 1 1 u m megin, on all sides. 
 
 171. The Accusative and Dative govern: 
 
 A, on eptir, behind 
 
 i, to, in fyrir, for 
 
 me5, with uudir, under 
 
 vi9, with, by, against yfir, over,
 
 56 
 
 and a great number of combinations with short, local ad- 
 verbs, as: 
 
 upp a", lit i, fram me9, i sta3inn fyrir, inn undir, 
 lit yfir etc. 
 
 172. The preposition at governs three cases: 
 
 \) the Accusative in the signification ,,after" (obsolete), 
 
 2) the Dative in the sign. ,,to, towards" used of things, 
 places, and time ,,at sumri", towards summer, 
 
 3) the Genitive in the signification ,,at, in." 
 
 173. It often happens that a preposition is found before 
 a noun, without governing the same ; in such a case the prep, 
 belongs to the verb ; in reading a short stop is made between 
 prep, and noun. As: 
 
 sva 1 at begar t6k af hofu5it, 
 
 so that (it) straight took off the head. 
 
 174. The preposition is often found behind the verb in 
 relative sentences, chiefly where the demonstr. pronoun is not 
 declined, as: 
 
 Sverrir koniingr haf5i viSset bessi snOru 
 
 er peir a3tlu9u hann i vei5a. 
 
 The king Sverrir had seen the cord 
 
 with which they thought to catch him. 
 
 The prepos. -i is accented, but forms no composite with v e i 8 a, 
 as ivei5a is no word. 
 
 Prosody. 
 
 175. The old verse of the Skalds may be reduced to three 
 Orders; corresponding to the three manners of rhyme in which 
 the chief poems of the old Icelandic tongue are written. 
 
 They are all divided into sing- verses or strophes (visa, 
 staka) which generally contain eight lines in each verse. 
 
 These strophes are again divided into two halves (visu- 
 helmingr) and each of these again into two parts (vfsu- 
 fjor8ungr) which form the fourth part of the whole strophe. 
 
 The separate lines or verses (visuorS) are generally 
 short, the longest has but four feet, they all have the caesura.
 
 57 
 
 176. The two lines which form the fourth part of I ho 
 slrophe are without exception united by alliteration (letter - 
 rhyme), this is a most essential part of the Icelandic versification. 
 The nature of Alliteration demands that three words should occur 
 in these lines beginning with the same letter. One of these 
 three words must stand at the beginning of the second line 
 and is called the chief letter, the two others in the first line 
 are governed by it, these are called the sub-letters. 
 
 If the chief-letter be a compound as -sp, st etc., the sub- 
 letters must correspond with it, but if the chief letter be a vo- 
 wel or a diphthong the sub-letters may change the tone by 
 another vowel, as: 
 
 Stendr AngantVrs 
 
 '/"-inn moldu 
 
 salr i Sdrnsey 
 
 sunnan\er3ri. 
 
 177. It is not always necessary that the chief-letter stands 
 at the beginning of the line, in short verses it often has a 
 toneless word before it, indispensable for completing the sen- 
 tence, these are called f nidify! ling) ^filling up the sentence", 
 such are or, sem i etc. 
 
 178. The Assonance or Line-rhyme, consists in the oc- 
 currence in the same line of two syllables, the vowels of 
 which and the following cons, agree together. The one stands 
 at the beginning, the other at the end of the syllable. It is 
 called half-assonance when the vowels are different, and only 
 the consonants agree. These two kinds of the Line-rhyme 
 are thus divided ; the first line of the quarter verse has the 
 half-assonance, the second has the assonance, as: 
 
 held-vild, in the first line, 
 veg-seg, in the second line. 
 
 179. The final rhyme is the same as in the modern lan- 
 guage, except that it is generally monosyllabic, and that the 
 two lines united by the chief-letter rhyme together, as: 
 
 Ni'i er hersis hefnd 
 vi8 hilmi efnd, 
 gengr ulf'r ok Orn 
 of Ynglings born. 
 
 180. Quantity is not observed, as all syllables may be long. 
 The freeest and oldest kind of verse is the (fornyrQalag)
 
 58 
 
 speechverse ; it has four long syllables, sometimes two with em- 
 phasis, and if the verse permits it is followed by some short ones. 
 The example of 176 is quite regular without short syllables. 
 
 181. The Heroic-poems (drottvae9i) generally have the 
 end-rhyme and the syllabic-rhyme. Regular lines, each with 
 six long syllables, or three spondees, of which the two first 
 change with dactyls. This is the verse used in most of the 
 Sagas. It must be observed, that one meets sometimes a syl- 
 lable in the oldest verses of this kind, before the chief-letter, 
 which cannot be looked upon as ,,malfylling", but which 
 belongs, to the verse to give it the right lenght, as: 
 
 sattaftu 
 of hr&- 
 
 Arafn i 
 soil! 
 
 fcuisti 
 gjalla 
 
 182. The Songs (run'henda) have also regular lines but 
 they have both syllabic and final rhymes. The shortest verse 
 of four syllables also has sometimes a syllable before the chief- 
 letter, for the reason given, as: 
 
 vi 5 hllml efnd. 
 
 Jon Olafsen, who has written a treatise ,,on the old Icelandic 
 Poetry" expresses the same opinion on pag. 68. 
 
 A single short syllable is frequently found in the verse.
 
 PART II. 
 
 The Old Norsk Poetry and the Sagas. 
 
 Iceland was formerly looked upon as the ultima Thule 
 of Virgil; it received the greater part of its population from 
 Norway, where it first became known between the years 860 
 870 through the skandinaviau navigators Nadd-Odd, Gar- 
 dar and Floeke. The last one called it Iceland in conse- 
 quence of the masses of drift-ice which he found in all its 
 creeks. 
 
 The first settler was the Nonveian In golf (870) who 
 fled to the iceland with his retinue and relations from King 
 Ha raid Harfager who after having subdued the other petty 
 kings of Norway, obtained supreme power by levelling taxes oil 
 all the freeholds of the nobles, whom he in reality reduced 
 to tenants, and all those who would not submit fo this usurped 
 authority, emigrated to Iceland, and thus within 60 years the 
 habitable shoreland of the isle was taken possession of. 
 
 As most of these emigrants were the freest and noblest 
 men of Norway, some of royal descent, others from the flower 
 of the aristocracy, they continued their old mode of life in 
 their new home, and Iceland became an aristocratic republic. 
 They brought with them their language, the Old Dansk, their 
 rites of heathen worship and their civil institutions. The ground 
 work of their political life was chieliy Ulfi lot's (927), who 
 established a system of law and created the ,,Althing" a national 
 parliament, composed of all the freeholders of the island, which 
 held its meetings every year for 14 days on the great plain of 
 the Thingvalla to discuss the interests of the land. 
 
 Besides this general meeting, there were instituted since 962
 
 60 
 
 a number of smaller Things* for the various districts of the 
 island, to which was added A. D. 1004 through Njal a superior 
 court of justice. Christianity, already introduced by some of 
 the early settlers, was legally established in 1000, and with it 
 came the knowledge of the latin language and literature, in- 
 deed poetry and science found ground ready to receive them 
 on these shores, and both poetry and historic sagas where al- 
 ready more widely cultivated here than in other parts of the 
 germanic north. 
 
 It is no wonder that in this remote region a literary life 
 began and literary treasures were kept and reared, whilst the 
 whole of northern Europe was nothing but a bloody battlefield. 
 These noble Norsemen had brought with them a beautiful lan- 
 guage, diamond-hard, pure as crystal and golden tinted, in 
 which the Edda Songs were written. We call it the Icelandic 
 or Old Norsk tongue, but the Old Icelanders called it the 
 ,,dtinsk tunga och norrcena tunga." 
 
 It was once the common language of all the tribes of the 
 germanic north, spoken in Denmark, Norway, Sweden, The 
 FarOe, Orkney and Hebrides Islands, and transplanted by the 
 Danes into England. This tongue is still spoken, with some 
 modifications, in Iceland and the FarOe Islands, it has kept up 
 its ancient type, partly from the naturally secluded position of 
 the island, partly because of its finished literature. In Den- 
 mark itself, it underwent a process of degeneration by the mix- 
 ture with the Anglo-Saxon and German, through the influence 
 of latin and at last by the french, so that it is scarcely possible 
 now to trace* in the Danish language, the once powerful, 
 harmonious, full -sounding Norraena - tongue. Thus it is that 
 since the beginning of the 14 th Century, the contrast of the 
 old-norsk or icelandic tongue (fslendska tunga) and the modern 
 danish and Swedish language has become visible.** 
 
 It is interesting to enquire how these rich treasures of 
 ancient lore were preserved in this remote island. A great 
 quantity of Sagas matter was collected in Iceland from the very 
 first, not only did the emigrants bring with them the great 
 national Sagas of the Norwegians, Swedes and Danes, but also 
 
 *) Thing in Icelandic means, a meeting or assize, Court of Justice. 
 
 **) Koeppen's Literar. Einleitung in die NordischeMythologie; one 
 of the best hooks on icelandic literature and Mythology. 
 
 Dietrich's Altnordisches Lesebuch, with Introduction on the Old 
 Norsk Literature.
 
 61 
 
 the Sagas of the tribes and the local traditions from every part 
 of Scandinavia; besides a number of Sagas from the other 
 countries which they continually visited in their numerous 
 travels by sea and land. The nobles brought with them their 
 own family Sagas from the remotest times, and they were also 
 the keepers of the Old Sagas of Gods and Heroes, with the 
 latter of whom their own families were often connected by 
 tradition. Hence this incredibly rich mine of poetry and history, 
 of mythology and superstition in Iceland. Moreover the nobles, 
 from the old houses of Y n g u i s or Ski Old, remained in their 
 northern seats, without any other occupation than the care of 
 Jheir property, there was little agriculture and that was left to 
 their servants. The national feasts, and the Things, and also 
 disputes and wars occasionally interrupted their solitude, other- 
 wise their days glided away evenly enough. Ennui drove the 
 nobles partly to travel, partly to study and writing, and thus 
 they became poets and historians, and created this rich icelandic 
 literature which we possess. 
 
 The Skalds. 
 
 ,,The early dawn of literature*) in Europe was almost every- 
 where else marked by an awkward attempt to copy the classi- 
 cal models of Greece and Rome. In Iceland, an independent 
 literature grew up, flourished , and was brought to a certain 
 degree of perfection before the revival of learning in the South 
 of Europe. This island was not converted to Christianity until 
 the end of the tenth century, when the national literature, 
 which still remained in oral tradition, was full blown and ready 
 to be committed to a written form. With the Romish religion, 
 latin letters where introduced; but instead of being used, as 
 elsewhere, to write a dead language, they were adopted by 
 the learned men of Iceland to mark the sounds, which had been 
 before expressed by the Runic characters. The ancient language 
 of the North was thus preserved in Iceland, whilst it ceased to 
 be cultivated as a written, and soon became extinct as a spoken 
 language, in the parent countries of Scandinavia/' 
 
 The Skalds or poets were the Minnesingers of the North, 
 they preserved poetry, mythology and history in the verses 
 
 *) Whea ton's History of the Northmen pag. 49. an interesting 
 work for the early history of the Danes and Normans.
 
 62 
 
 which they recited. As early as the 10 th Century these ice- 
 landic Skalds where known far and near. We find them at 
 all the northern courts, where they occupy a distinguished po- 
 sition in the trains of kings, whose companions and chroniclers 
 they were ,,who liberally rewarded their genius (see Wheaton) 
 ,,and sometimes entered the lists with them in trials of skill 
 ,,in their own art. A constant intercourse was kept up by 
 ,,the Icelanders with the parent country, and the Skalds were 
 ,,a sort of travelling minstrels, going continually from one North- 
 ,,ern country to another. A regular succession of this order 
 ,,of men was perpetuated, and a list of 230 in number, of those 
 ,,who were most distinguished in the three Northern kingdoms, 
 ,,from the reign of Ragnar Lodbrok to Valdemar II is 
 ,,preserved in the Icelandic language, among whom are several 
 ,,crowned heads and distinguished warriors of the heroic age. 
 ,,The famous king, Ragnar Lodbrok, his queen AslOg or 
 ,,Aslauga, and his adventurous sons, who distinguished them- 
 ,,selves by their maritime incursions into France and England 
 ,,in the ninth century, were all Skalds. A sacred character 
 ,,was attached to this calling. The Skalds performed the office 
 ,,of ambassadors between hostile tribes, like the heralds of an- 
 ,,cient Greece and of the Roman fecial law. Such was the 
 ,, estimation in which this order of men was held, that they 
 ,,often married the daughters of princes, and one remarkable 
 ,,instance occurs of a Skald, who was raised to the vacant 
 ,,Jutish throne, on the decease of Frode III, in the fourth Cen- 
 ,,tury of the Christian a3ra." 
 
 In such a position the Skalds accompanied the king in 
 their raids and to the battle field, they were present in the 
 banqueting hall and in the hot fight, continually collecting ma- 
 terials for new Songs, Sagas and Tales ; and at last when they 
 were worn out and tired of life, they returned to their home 
 in Iceland, frequently covered with renown and with riches, 
 to tell their friends and countrymen of the foreign countries 
 they had visited and of their own exploits. The Skalds therefore 
 much more resemble the knightly Troubadours of the Middle ages 
 than the Indian Rramahs, or the Celtic Druids. They could sing 
 of fights and battles and deaths, which they had personally wit- 
 nessed, they could sing of the Sea with its charms and dangers 
 because they had led a daring Vikinglife and had steered the 
 ,,steed of the sea" ; through storms and tempests. They could 
 sing of the bliss of the Gods and Einheriar, because they
 
 63 
 
 had partaken of kingly hospitality and feasts, the prototype of 
 which was Valhall. 
 
 The Skalds obtained their highest position at the time of 
 Eric, the bloody axe, Ha con the Good, Ilarald and II a - 
 con Jarl 
 
 The most celebrated Skalds of that period were: Egil 
 Skallagrimson, KormakAugmundarson, Einar Hel- 
 gason Skalaglam, Eilif Gudrunarson, Guttorm Sin- 
 dri, Glunv Geirason etc., but they were all surpassed by the 
 Norvveian Eyvind, the great-grand child of Harald Haar- 
 schOns, who received the proud name of Skaldaspillir (the 
 annihilator of the Skalds). Even the Icelanders acknowledged him 
 and sent him a costly present (Harald-GraTelds-Saga c. 18).*) 
 
 ,,As there were female warriors (Wheaton), or Amazons 
 ,,in the heroic age of the North, so there were female Skalds 
 ,,or poetesses, whose lays sometimes breathed the harsh notes 
 ,,of war and celebrated the' achievements of conquering heroes, 
 ,,and at others sung the prophetic mysteries of religion. 
 
 ,,Thus we perceive how the flowers of poetry sprung up 
 ,,and bloomed amidst eternal ice and snows. The arts of peace 
 ,,were successfully cultivated by the free and independent Ice- 
 ganders. Their Arctic isle was not warmed by a Grecian sun, 
 ,,but their hearts 'glowed with the lire of freedom. The natural 
 ,,divisions of the country by ice-bergs and lava streams, insu- 
 ,,lated the people from each other, and the inhabitants of each 
 valley and each hamlet formed, as it were, an independent 
 ,,community. These were again reunited in the general na- 
 ,,tional assembly of the Althing, which might not be unaptly 
 ,, likened to the ^mphyctionic council or Olympic games, where 
 ,,all the tribes of the nation convened to offer up the com- 
 ,,mon rites of their religion, to decide their mutual difl'emin's, 
 ,,and to listen to the lays of the Skald, which commemorated 
 ,,the exploits of their ancestors.*' 
 
 A collection of these early remains of old Scandinavian 
 poetry will be found in the Poetic or Elder Ed da, the prose 
 in the Younger Edda and the Sagas, the Nja"la, the 
 Heimskringla, the Konungsskuggsja' , and the Land- 
 namabok.**j 
 
 *) A Catalogue of the most celebrated Icelandic skalds (Skaldatal) 
 will be found in Worm's Literal. Run, and in Peringskiold'- IV.i- 
 lion of the Heimskringla. 
 
 **) See Bos worth's Scandin. Literal, with specimens of the va-
 
 64 
 
 Indeed the Icelandic literature begins with the compilation 
 of the Poetic Edda in 1056 and ends in the 14 th Century. 
 
 The Edda. 
 
 In the year 1643 the Bishop ofSkalholt Brynjulf S ven el- 
 se n found amongst other Manuscripts, a very old Memhran 
 which contained icelandic poems, he had it copied and added 
 to the title with his own hand ,,Edda Saemundar hins 
 Fr6da" Edda of Sanwnd the Wise. The old Manuscript 
 was sent to Copenhagen and is now to be found there in the 
 Royal Library. It seems to have been written in the 1 4 th Cen- 
 tury and although not quite perfect, is the chief codex of the 
 Edda. 
 
 This Poetic Edda is one of the most incomparable works 
 of the human race, no people have noted down their heathen 
 belief in so innocent a manner and with such freshness of 
 colour as the Icelanders. These Songs are the ancienf Relics 
 of Antiquity, and are for the Scandinavian Nations, what Homel- 
 and Hesiod combined are for Ancient Greece. It is the thoroughly 
 original and national poetic monument of the Northern Nations. 
 
 The Songs of this Edda consist of the Sagas of Gods and 
 Heroes. Edda means proa via" the great grand mother,* 
 who tells to her numerous grand children the history and tales 
 of their forefathers. 
 
 The Songs of the Edda are mythologic or heroic -epic, 
 they are of so remote a period, that it is not likely they were 
 written in Iceland, it is much more probable that they were 
 brought over to Iceland by the old Noble families in whose 
 keeping they were preserved, and it is the proud distinction 
 of the Icelanders that to their intelligence we are indebted for 
 these, the most precious relics of the germanic races. 
 
 Wheaton says:**) About two centuries and a half after 
 ,,the first settlement of Iceland by the Norwegians the learned 
 ,,men of that remote island began to collect and reduce to 
 ,,writing these traditional poems and histories. Sttunuud Sig- 
 
 rious northern Dialects; Mallet's Northern Antiquities. English trans- 
 lations of the Edda by S. Cottle (mythol. songs only) and by Thorpe. 
 
 *) Halderson' explains: ,,M6dir heitir ein/amma onnur, edda 
 hin bridia." (Moder is called the one [in the first degree] grand mother 
 the second, Edda or the great, grand mother; the third). 
 **) Northmen page 59.
 
 65 
 
 ,,1'ussen, an eccle*iastic, who was born in Iceland in 1056 
 ,,and pursued his classical studies in the universities of Ger- 
 ,,many and France, first collected and arranged the hook of 
 ,,songs relating to the mythology and history of the ancient 
 ,,North, which is called the poetic, or elder Edda. Various 
 ,,and contradictory opinions have been maintained as to the 
 ,, man ner in which this collection was made by Sar-inund, who 
 ,,first gave it to the world. Some suppose that he merely 
 ,,gathered the Runic manuscripts of the different poems, and 
 ^transcribed them in Latin characters. Others maintain that 
 ,,he look them from the mouths of different Skalds, living in 
 ,,his day, and first reduced them to writing, they having been 
 ,, previously, preserved and handed down by oral tradition 
 ,,merely. But the most probable conjecture seems to be, that 
 ,,he collected some of this fragmentary poetry from cotem- 
 ,,porary Skalds and other parts from manuscripts written after 
 ,,the introduction of Christianity and Latin letters into Iceland, 
 ,,which have since been lost, and merely added one song of 
 ,,his own composition the S61ar Lj6d, or Carmen-Solare of 
 ,,a moral and Christian religious tendency, so as thereby to 
 ,,consecrate and leaven, as it were, the whole mass of paganism." 
 
 The Edda contains I st Songs of the Gods, and II" d Songs 
 of the Heroes. Volu-spa" (the oracle of vala, the seer) tells 
 of. the creation of the World, and the Gods and People who 
 dwell in it. The Seer has heard of the doings in this world 
 from her instructors, the primeval giants, and she is acquainted 
 with nine heavens, she also knows the future. 
 
 The entire poem is most prophetic and remarkable. 
 
 Grimnis-ma"!, the Song of Grimnir, in which he de- 
 scribes the twelve duellings of the Gods and the splendour of 
 Valhalla. 
 
 The Vafbru5nis-mal, OQinn undertakes to visit a 
 wise and powerful giant and to question him on the World, 
 the Gods and the Giants. The giant gives his replies and 
 shows his knowledge, but from the lenour of the last question 
 he guesses that the visitor who has drawn his secrets from him 
 is the powerful God himself. 
 
 The S61ar-li6d, the song of the sun, as we have al- 
 ready seen is a Christian song, interwoven with old mytholo- 
 gical fancies. 
 
 Besides these four most important songs, the following are 
 of a very remarkable kind, in which the old poetry has a tinge 
 
 Icelandic Grammar. 5
 
 66 
 
 of divine lore, namely: the Skirnisfor, Vegtamsk vi9a . 
 Harbar9slio9, HymiskviSa and the PrymskviSa. 
 
 The most important of the Songs of the Heroes are 
 the Volundarkvi8a, the two Songs of Helgakvifta, the 
 songs of Sigurft, Tafnismal and Sigrftrifumal. 
 
 The Epic contents of some of these Songs are maintained 
 by Jac. Grimm, to have been gathered from the german 
 forefathers, and that the Scandinavians have saved these tutonic 
 remains; these poems are of an epic grandeur, and a truly 
 homeric power, which give them the foremost position in the 
 Edda. 
 
 Schools were formed in Iceland in the eleventh Century, 
 and being far distant from Rome, enjoyed much liberty and 
 national formation. The Bishops were elected by the Althing, 
 the schools were not only established in the Monasteries but 
 also in private houses. 
 
 The Bishop of Skalholt introduced writing in 1057 and 
 Sagas were then much collected. Without writing there were 
 songs and sagas in abundance, even traditional science, but 
 no literature. The Icelanders like other Norsemen certainly 
 wrote earlier in Runic Characters, but these were only used 
 for inscriptions in wood and stone, to express names, pedigrees 
 and forms of witchcraft, rarely poems. 
 
 The Runic alphabet*) ,,consists properly of sixteen letters, 
 which are Phenician in their origin. The Northern traditions, 
 ,,sagas and songs, attribute their introduction to Odin. They 
 ,,were probably brought by him into Scandinavia, but they have 
 ,,no resemblance to any of the alphabets of central Asia. All 
 ,,the ancient inscriptions to be found on the rocks and stone 
 ,,monuments in the countries of the North, and which exist 
 ,,in the greatest number near old Sigtuna and Upsala, in S\ve- 
 ,,den, the former the residence of Odin, and the latter of his 
 ,,successors, and the principal seat of the superstition intro- 
 ,,duced by him, are written in the Icelandic or ancient Scan- 
 ,,dinavian language, but in Runic characters." 
 
 The Icelanders first received the latin alphabet from the 
 missionaries, in a double form, namely from the Germans and 
 Anglo-Saxons. The german writing ( MOnchsschrift ) became 
 however predominant, but they retained some of the anglo- 
 
 *) Wheaton's Norsemen 61.
 
 67 
 
 saxon characters. Books were created through school-know- 
 ledge. Young Icelanders visited Germany, England, Italy and 
 France to study and prepare Ihemselves for the church; they 
 studied at the Universities in Oxford, Rome and Paris. Schools 
 were established to teach Christian learning and to educate 
 their own clergy, Latin, Theology, reading, writing and sing- 
 ing were the branches chiefly taught. 
 
 Sacmund hinn fro8i, Sigfusson (born 1036. d. 
 1133j who collected the poetry of the elder Edda had studied 
 at Paris and Cologne, and in the School on his property Odd 
 was educated ,,Snorri Sturluson the author of the Chron- 
 icles of the Norwegian Kings from Odin downwards, and the 
 Prose Edda. Historical prose rose to its highest point in the 
 12"' and 13 th Centuries when Sagas of all times and countries 
 were written or translated. 
 
 Willi the gradual fall of the political state in the begin- 
 ing of the 13"' Century, we also find that the compositions 
 of the Sagas become less numerous; the 14" 1 Century only fur- 
 nished translations, fictions, fairy tales and Annals, and even 
 these ceased to be created at the end of the Century, when 
 Iceland was visited by diseases and plagues. 
 
 Poetry of the Skalds. 
 
 We find in the 12 th Century the most celebrated of the 
 historical Skalds to be: 
 
 Marcus Skeggson, Ivar Ingemundson at the nor- 
 wegian court, the priest Kin arc Skulason court poet, from 
 1114 with Sigurd in Norway. He wrote poems on Sven, king 
 of Denmark to whom he went in 1151. In the time of king 
 Sverrer(1177 1202) the following are the most distinguished 
 Skalds: Hallr Snorrason, MAni, Blackr, PorbibTn, 
 Skackaskald, and the young Snorri Sturluson. 
 
 In the first part of the 13 th Century Liot, HOskuld 
 the blind. Jatgeir, Snorri, Jarl Gizur, and chiefly Olaf 
 hvita skald bo r 8 arson (d. 1259) the author of the Knyt- 
 lingasaga and of many poems on king Waldemar of Den- 
 mark and Hakon VI of Norway were much esteemed. His 
 brother Sturla hinn fro5i (d. 1284) wrote the histories of 
 Hakon VI and Magnus VII. In the 12 th Century we already find 
 in the Icelandic and Norwegian Sagas a number of folk songs 
 
 5*
 
 68 
 
 (Volkslieder) interspersed. Saxo Grammaticus often quotes 
 these songs as authorities. 
 
 Prose writing rose high in the 12 tu Century, historical 
 events were frequently written down, and although the man- 
 ner in which they were composed, was unfinished, yet an 
 artistic form is visible in the narrative of events and in the 
 treatment of the subjects generally. Real history of which the 
 father is Ari hinn fro Si who wrote a Chronicle of Iceland, 
 and ( the Landnmabok is treated too much in the character 
 of dry statistics and genealogy and is much in want of general 
 survey and enlarged handling. It is only when we come to 
 Snorri and his nephews Olaf and Slur la that descriptive 
 history becomes more finished and personal dialogues infuses 
 life into the historical pages. Both Sweden and Norway have 
 taken part in collecting and writing down their old laws and 
 privileges, but we are only indebted to the industry and in- 
 telligence of the Icelanders for having preserved to us the tra- 
 ditions of their common Hero Sagas, to which we look as the 
 real history of those remote ages. Without these Sagas there 
 would be a great blank in northern history for several Centuries. 
 
 The Sagas. 
 
 ,,The ancient literature of the North" says Wheaton, ,,was 
 ,,not confined to the poetical art. The Skald recited the 
 ,, praises of King and heroes in verse, whilst the Saga-man re- 
 ,,called the memory of the past in prose narratives. The talent 
 ,,for story-telling, as well as that of poetical invention, was 
 Cultivated and highly improved by practice. The prince's hall, 
 ,,the assembly of the people, the solemn feasts of sacrifice, all 
 ,,presented occasions for the exercise of this delightful art. The 
 ,,memory of past transactions was thus handed down from age 
 ,,to age in an unbroken chain of tradition, and the ancient 
 ,,songs and Sagas were preserved until the introduction of book- 
 ,,writing gave them a fixed and durable record." 
 
 The great mass of Prose writing which has come down 
 to us, from these cold icebound shores, is truly amazing, it 
 contains not only the Sagas of entire tribes, but of kings, Jarls 
 or chiefs, skalds and other celebrities. We will mention some 
 of the most important
 
 09 
 
 /*' Hero Sagas 
 
 were one of the flrst subjects of their prose tales. In the Vol- 
 sungasaga \ve find much of the germanic and northern.ele- 
 meni, it tells of Sigfrid's youthful deeds, Ihis is followed by 
 the Ragnarlodbrokssaga, in which is set forth how the 
 danish king, having lost his queen Thora, marries Si gf rid 's 
 daughter, whose sons become the great conquerors. Both Sa- 
 gas belong to the 12'" or beginning of the 13 th Century. 
 
 The Vilkina or Niflungasaga are based on low ger- 
 man poems and tales. 
 
 There are a number of sagas whose heroes are renowned 
 Icelanders, such as Finnbog and Gretter, Hialmler and 
 Olver, Hromund, Hroi and of the Swedish Herraud 
 and Bo si. Styrbiorn, the Swedefighter , Gautrek King 
 of Wesfgolhia, and of his son Hrolf, and the Sagas of the 
 Norwegian An, the bow-man, Sturlaug the industrious, Por- 
 stein the son of Vikings and others. 
 
 Foreign Hero-Sagas were introduced into Iceland and Nor- 
 way during the 13 th Century through translations, chit-fly by 
 Hakon Hakonarson and the Icelandic clergy; of which 
 
 Jon Hall tor, Bishop of Skalholt 1322 39 was the most 
 celebrated. Old British Legends are also early imported through 
 translations, the BretasOgur is said to have been made by 
 the monk Gunnlaug Leifson in Thingeyre (1218). 
 
 Many foreign sagas were transcribed by order of HP. kon 
 VI, such as the Prophecies of Merlin, the Arlursaga, the 
 Mottulssaga, the monk Robert, the Tristram ok Isod- 
 d u saga; and in the 13"' Century the Alexandrasaga, and 
 the history of King Tyrus and Wlate, both by Brandr 
 Jonsson , who died Bishop of Holum in 1264. The precise time 
 when many of these sagas were translated is not known, as the 
 TrAamannasaga and the Spanish F 1 o r and Blancheflur. 
 
 II nd The Historical Sagas 
 
 were written unter the title SOgur, they contain much that 
 is mythic before the time of Halfdan the Black (863) but 
 much real history is interspersed, which is principally taken 
 from the pedigrees and traditions of the Nobles of the land. One 
 of the most important works, on the history of Iceland, chiefly 
 composed from the various family histories which were then
 
 70 
 
 in existance, is the ,,Islendf ngabok" written by Ari hinn 
 fro5i (born 1067) which gives a general history of the colo- 
 nisation and events of the island, down to the beginning of 
 the -12 th Century, also the Landn&mab6k commenced by 
 Ari, which after many continuations was* finished by Sturla 
 Pordarson (d. 1284) with additions by Erlauk Erlend- 
 son (d. 1334). It contains a complete history of the island 
 from the taking possession of the same to the 10 th Century, 
 but it is full of genealogies and dry detail. We must further 
 mention the excellent Fcereyingasaga (12 th C.) which treats 
 of the history of Sigmund, who introduced Christianity into the 
 Fan) Islands. The Orkneyingasaga from the middle of 
 the 13 th Century; the Heidarvigasaga (12 th C.) which gives 
 an account of the battle on the Heath (1013 1015) a fearful 
 contest, in which entire tribes fought against each other. The 
 Hungurvaka (12 th Cent.) treats of the first five Bishops of 
 Skalholt. 
 
 The Laxdoelasaga (13 th Cent.) is an interesting history 
 of the trials and adventures of a very rich norwegian woman 
 A u d a , who fled with her father before H a r a I d , first to Scot- 
 land and then to Iceland. 
 
 The Sturlungasaga (end of the 13 th Cent.) is one of 
 the most important historical documents we possess. It begins 
 its narrative in 1110, and relates minutely the fate of Sturle, 
 the father of Snorri, and the various conflicts of his race with 
 other chiefs; its author was Sturla fordssohn who was 
 engaged in writing it until he went on his journey to Norway 
 in 1164. 
 
 The Vigastyrssaga written by a noble Icelander Styr 
 (styled Arn grim) the "murderous fighter"; he was at last slain, 
 and it was in consequence of his death, that the celebrated 
 battle on the Heath was fought. 
 
 The Liotsvetninga or Reykdoelasaga, written by 
 the rich Gudmund the powerful (d. 1025) and his sons. It 
 gives an account of the earliest aristocracy of the island (12 lll C). 
 
 The historical biographies of the Icelandic Skalds are 
 very interesting. One of the oldest is the Gunnlaug Orm- 
 stunga ok Skald Rafn's Saga from the 12 th Cent. The 
 Saga of two poets, whose valour was widely renowned is the 
 Fostbrosdrasaga, it tells of formed who received his 
 death wound in the battle of Stiklestad, and 1* o r g e i r 
 who saw many a fight in Iceland, Ireland, England and Norway,
 
 71 
 
 in the latter country he was for some time Court skald at 
 Olaf's, until at last he found his end in Iceland, where he 
 was slain in battle. 
 
 The Kormakssaga also belongs to this remarkable kind 
 of Sagas, in which the battle and love adventures of these 
 Minnesingers and gallant blades, which they experienced in 
 their romantic wanderings are told. 
 
 The Heimskringla (orbis terrarum) is one of the prin- 
 cipal works of Iceland. It is written by Snorre Slurlason, a 
 man to whom his country's history and literature are much 
 indebted; and who earned for himself the title of the Northern 
 Herodotus. A scion of one of the old noble families, he was 
 born in the year 1178 at Ilvamm. He lived long at the Courts 
 of Sweden and Norway, became an Icelandic lagman and was 
 murdered in his castle on the 22 nd September 1241. He was 
 a man of great talents, and made himself famous as a poet, 
 lawgiver and historian. 
 
 Snorre collected 16 Sagas on his numerous voyages, the 
 first of which treats of the mythic limes before Half dan the 
 Black, followed by the histories of all Norwegian Kings down 
 to Magnus Erlingsson (1162 1184). To these are add- 
 ed three continuations, first by Karl Jonsson Abbot of 
 Thingeyri (d. 1213) who wrote the minute history of King 
 Sverrer, followed by the histories of Hakon Sverrersson, 
 Guttorm Sigur5arson and Ingi Bardarson, written by 
 an unknown author, and lastly by Sturla, the last Skald who 
 wrote the life of Hakon VI and a fragment of Magnus VII. 
 
 Snorre mentions that he has not only used the poems of 
 the Skalds, but the Sagas of Kings which he found written, 
 and which he collected in his travels. The completion of the 
 entire work may be placed towards the year 1230. 
 
 With this remarkable book, a masterpiece of history, only 
 inferior to the Edda itself, closes the history of the Sagas. It 
 is a mine of Icelandic history and mythology, interesting alike 
 for its Swedish and norwegian Annals, giving at the same 
 time historical glances at Bussia. 
 
 The history of the Swedish Kings has not been treated 
 with originality by the Icelanders; nor has Danish history been 
 faithfully represented after the 12 th Century. The Jomsvikin- 
 gasaga is the history of the renowned pirates who lived in 
 the Jomscastle, the terror of navigators and the coast popu- 
 lation, and Jarl Hakon's taking and destruction of this Castle ;
 
 72 
 
 the Knytlingasaga records the history of Knut the Holy 
 (1080 1086) and his successors down to 1186. 
 
 There are also a great number of Biblical Sagas and Old 
 Legends extant, which it would be beside our sketch to 
 dwell upon. 
 
 III rd The Old Law Statutes. 
 
 are of great value to the philologist, as these Old Laws and 
 Statutes were collected and wrilten down by the northern Coun- 
 tries in their own various dialects. One of the oldest is the 
 Icelandic Grama's" (Greygoose) which name was given to it 
 by its last editor the Lagman Gudmund Porgeirsson 
 (1123 1135). It commenced in 1119 on the basis of the 
 laws of Ulfliot in the 10 th Century, but was only used until 
 the subjugation by Norway, since which time (1273) the Ha- 
 konarbdk was introduced, which, having being re-edited by 
 Jon an icelandic Lagman (1280) was called J6nsb6k. 
 
 The Icelandic Cannon -law (Kristinrettr) dates from the 
 year 1275. 
 
 IV th Science. 
 
 Remains of Learning and Science are not wanting in Ice- 
 land, for after the introduction of Christianity, many persons 
 studied abroad. Grammar, Rhetorics, Astronomy, Chronology, 
 Physics and Geography were cultivated by them. The study of 
 Grammar was an especial favourite in which Porodd became 
 so great that he received the name Runameistari (Gram- 
 maticus) but the most celebrated work is the 
 
 lounger Ktlila or Prose Edda. 
 
 It was first found 1628 by Arngrim Johnson. Three 
 Codices are extant, two in the Copenhagen and one in the 
 Upsala Library. It was Snorre who contributed mainly to 
 the compilation of this prose Edda. 
 
 In the 14 th Century the Younger Edda consisted of three 
 parts. The 1 st contained the Myths, or the material out of 
 which the poetic language should be formed. The 2'" 1 Ken- 
 ningar, gave the forms of authority, in which the mythic 
 element should be adopted, and it therefore gives the Mytho- 
 logy of the Poetic Edda. The 3' J part contains the Skalda,
 
 73 
 
 the rules or art of poetry adopted by the Skalds subdivided 
 into three classes namely 1) reading and writing, 2) speaking 
 correctly and 3) writing verses as the result of the entire study. 
 It further contains a Dictionary of poetic synonymes and the 
 whole art of versification, alliteration, species of verse, etc. 
 
 The ,,Konungsskuggsi;\" Kingsmirror, from the 12"' 
 Century, is a curious collection of knowledge and experience. 
 It contains firstly physical and geographical curiosities, secondly, 
 rules of life and manners to be observed in the presence of 
 Kings and Courts, and hence its title. 
 
 The learned industry, so long and habitually practised by 
 these noble Icelanders, continued during the Centuries following, 
 but after the introduction of the Reformation, although literary 
 occupations were kept up, the authors wrote in latin, much 
 was translated, nor did poetry entirely die out, but the power 
 and the lustre of its might and beauty were gone, the Saga 
 with its powerful poetry and its heroic elements fled, and the 
 old Icelandic Art was at an end for ever.*) 
 
 *) We refer the student for further information to 
 Mo bins, T., Ueber die altere islandische Saga. 1852. 
 
 Ueber die allnordische Philologie. 1S64. 
 
 Analecta Norrcena. Auswahl aus der islandischen und norwegi- 
 
 schen Lileratur des Mittelalters. 1859. 
 
 These books can be had of the publisher of this Grammar as well as: 
 Haldorsson's Lexicon Islaridico-Latino-Danicum. 
 Jonsson's Icelandic-Danish Dictionary. 
 Fritzner, J., Old Norwegian Dictionary.
 
 PART III. 
 
 Icelandic Reader. 
 
 Sundurlausir 
 
 enbcrlafc 
 
 Separated thoughts. 
 
 Icelandic: G6d bok og god kona, lagfsera marganii brest, 
 Danish: ob 33og og gob $one rette mangen 33r0ft, 
 English: Good book and good wife mend many fault, 
 slasm b6k og slaem kona sk6mma margt gott bjartalag, margir 
 ftem 33og og ftem one fovbcere mangt gobt ^jertelao, ntange 
 bad book and bad wife spoil many good disposition, many 
 
 gaeta ekki ad ftdru & bidum beim, enn hvOrnin bser 
 fee iffe fcaa anbet paa begge bem, enb ^oor(ebe be 
 look not to others on both (sides) them, than how (but only to) they 
 eru utan; Fer })eim b^i ad kvarta yfir 
 
 ere itboorteg. - (Summer bem ba at Kage ooer 
 
 are the outside (of things). Beseems them then to complain over 
 bvOrnin hid innra seinna reynist. 
 ^bortebeg bet 3nbre fenere ^oe6. 
 how the interior later proves.**) 
 
 Heimskura verdur ad halda til g6da, b6 beir tali 
 >imtme fcttoer ot ^otbe tt( obe, ffj^nbt be tate 
 Stupid must to keep to good, although they speak 
 nokkra heimsku, bvi bad vaeri hardt ad Jofa beim aldrei ad 
 nogen )uml?eb, t^t bet boere fyaarbt at ttttabe bem atbrtg at 
 some stupidity, for it were hard to allow them never to 
 tala eitt ord. 
 tale et Orb. 
 speak one word. 
 
 *) From Sivertsen's Icelandic Laesbog. 
 
 **) Must be constructed thus: Most people look not to both sides, 
 but only to the outside of things; it behoves those who complain to 
 examine both sides.
 
 75- 
 
 Correct Danish. 
 
 Gm gob 33og og en gob $one forbebre mange $ct(, en 
 f(et 33og og en f(em $one forbccrbe 2)?ange8 gobe inbetab. 
 >e ^(efte fee fun paa S3cgge UbborteS. (Summer bet fig 
 ba at ftage otoer fyoorlebeS S3egge8 3nbre fiben erfareS? )e 
 >umme maa man fyolbe bet tit obe, ffjonbt be tate noget 
 burnt, ba bet cilbe ocere fyaarbt, atbrtg at tiflabe bem at tate 
 ct Orb. 
 
 Gatur dauber Riddles. 
 
 Eg er m6durlaus, en hann fadir minn er madurinn rninn. 
 3eg er mobert^S, men ^>an ^aber min er SOlanben min. 
 / am motherless, but the father my is the husband my. 
 Frd m6dur lifi kom eg hofudlaus, og fotavaui, 
 gra 2Rober-(io !om jeg l^oebt0, og g0bber$mang(enbe, 
 From mother's life came I headless and feetwanting, 
 
 fell eg })annin mOrgum vel, med hofdi og f6tum er eg 
 fatber jeg faatebeS mange t>et, meb ofceb og ^bber er jeg 
 fall I thus many well, with head and feet am I 
 lika g6dur maga }>inum, en }> verdur l>u ad bida. 
 ogfaa gob 9)?ae bin, men ba btioer bu at fcente. 
 also good [to] stomach thy, but then must thou wait. 
 
 Hvad er |>ad sein i dag ekki verdur Jjat sama d 
 
 bab er bet font i-bag iffe bttber bet famme t* 
 
 What is it which to-day not becomes that same to 
 
 morgun, missir bord, rum, has, og nafnid med, en gne- 
 
 morgen, mifter S3orb, @eng, uu, og 9labnet meb, men groe* 
 
 morrow, loses table, bed, house and the name with but de- 
 tur ))n ekki missirinn. 
 ber bog iffe @faben (Xabet). 
 plores yet not (he loss. 
 
 Correct Danish: 
 
 3eg er moberUd, og min Saber er min Mgtefccfle. (5 o a. 
 3eg er fob uben ^)ooeb og jobber, og be^ager bog SDiange.
 
 76 
 
 ofceb og gibber fmager jeg big ogfaa ret gobt, men faa 
 bu maa fcente ifyrenb be fomme). 2@g. 
 
 )ab er bet font i )ag iffe b(ier bet fatnme i 9ftorgen, 
 foranbrer 33orb, @eng, ntu$, og maaffe v J?afcn, men kgrceber 
 bog et Xobet? en 33rub. 
 
 Thales Thales. 
 
 Merki til heimskn er ofmikil lyst til ad tala. 
 2ttcerfe paa J)um^eb er formegen Styft tit at tate. 
 ^w o/ stupidity is too-great desire to to talk. 
 
 Likamans farsa?ld er irmiialin i heilbrigdi, en ssilar- 
 Segemet^ S^ffatig^eb er inbbefattet t ^elBreb, men @jce^ 
 The body's happiness is contained in health, but the 
 
 innar i laerdtimi. 
 
 tens t Scerbom 
 
 soul's in knowledge. 
 
 01 er innri niadur, 
 
 1 er inbrc 9ftanb. 
 
 Ale is inner man. 
 
 Tyrkja-keisarinn, edur eins og ba var kallad Califeii, 
 
 Xit>rfefeiferen eller lige font ba bar latbet ($altfen f 
 
 The Turks' emperor, or as then was called the Calif f 
 
 Mahadi var einn af beim sti6rnendum, sem voru sofandi a 
 SDZa^abt bar en af be ttyrere, font Dare focenbe paa 
 Mahadi was one of those rulers, who were sleeping on 
 ktings - hcisa3tmu, og feingu agjOrnum radherrum taiun- 
 tong^<JtfcEbet, og finge gjcerrtgc 9^aabS^errer X^m-- 
 the king's-highseat, and delivered avaricious councilors the rein- 
 haldid i hendur. Einusinni ba hann a dyraveidnm var ad 
 ^otbet t Ipcenber. (Sngang ba ^an ^aa SDtyrefangfter ar at 
 
 keeping in hands. Once then he on ^ rcam 9 s wa $ to 
 
 (huntmg) 
 
 elta steingeit, villtist hann fri fylgiurum sinum, og 
 
 forf^tge teengeeb, bttbebeg fyon fra S0(gere fine, og 
 
 pursue stonegoat ( - wmt v ' stra y^ he from followers his, and 
 y
 
 77 
 
 nttllin yfirfell liann. Pegar liann var breyltur onlinn. kom 
 9ktten oberfatbt fyant. )a fyan tear trcct bteben, font 
 the night over fell him. When he was tired become, came 
 liann i riodur, livar liann sa tjald eitt, ur IivOrin ara- 
 fyan t tab, fybor fyan faae ett et, ubaf fybilfet ara- 
 he in clearing, where he saw tent a, from which Ara- 
 bisknr madm* kom ut, og beiddi gst sinn ad vera vel- 
 biff 2)?anb !om ub, og bab jceft fin at boere bet* 
 bic man came out, and asked guest his to be wel- 
 kominn. Calffen 16t ekki & bera, hvOrr liann va3ri, annad- 
 fommen. SaUfen tob iffe moerle, fyt>em ^an car, en- 
 come. The Calif did not disclose, who he was, ei- 
 hvort til bess ad sjd seinna hvornin b6nda yrdi vid, begar 
 
 ten tU bet at fee fenere fytoortebeS Sonbe ^ teebe } ba 
 
 ther in order to see later how peasant became to, when 
 
 liann feingi ad vita, bvflr kominn vreri, ellegar og hann 
 
 ^an ftnge at totbe, ^bo fommen bar, efler og ^an 
 
 he got to know, who come was, or also he 
 
 tptladi einusinni a llfstid sinni niota bess yndis at 
 
 agtebe engang toaa 8totib fin n^be 
 intended otice in lifetime his enjoy that delight to 
 uniifangast vid jaminga sinn. Medan J)essi a;rlegi madur 
 omgaaeS beb gtgemanb fin. SftebenS benne crrttge 9)?anb 
 converse with lus equal. While this honest man 
 gittrdi allt hvad hann gat til at taka vel a" moti komum- 
 gjorbe a(t ^bab ^an !nnbe tit at tage bet t mob jce* 
 did all that he could in order to talk well against the com- 
 anni, spurdi Califen liann ad, bvarl'yri bann byggi i 
 ften, fburgte Satifen ^am ont, ^borfor ^an btyggete t 
 er, asked the Calif him about, why he dwelled in 
 svoddan eydiplatsi? ^adsem J)6r med svo iniklum r6tti kallid 
 faabant )be^tabS? etfom S)e meb faa ftor 9ict fatber 
 such ' desertplace? That which you with so great right call 
 eydiplats, svaradi binn arabiski, var fyrrnni IjOlbyggt 
 SbebtabS, fbarebe fytn Slrabtffe bar forbum toetb^gget [ted 
 desertplace, answered the Arab, was formerly nuinwonsly inhabi- 
 af Arabiskum og TyrkjaiiKmnum, sem bOI'du nog vidnrvii-ri 
 af i(rabtf!e og X^rfe'-aJicenb, font ^abbe nof Unbeii;otb 
 hy Arabs and Turks, who had enough support
 
 78 
 
 af kaupbOndlun og akuryrkju, og med anaegin guldu 
 of ^fcfyanbel og 2lgerbtyr!ning, og meb $orn0jetfe fcetaite 
 from trade and agriculture, and with pleasure .paid 
 }>olanlegann skatt Califanum Almansor. Sci go5i Herra lagdi 
 taatetig fat Sattfen 2llmanfor. )en gobe erre lagbe 
 bearable taxes(to) the Calif Almansor. That good Lord laid 
 alud d ad stiorna sinum lOndum, og gjOra begna 
 
 glib paa at fttyre fine anbe, og gfore Unbevfaatter 
 diligence on to govern his countries and make subjects 
 
 sina lukkussela; en hanns eptirkomara og nuverandi 
 
 fine fyffeltge; men fyanS @fterfommereS og nnocerenbe 
 
 his happy; but his successors and present 
 
 sti6rnara leti og hyrduleysi hefir feingid hird- 
 
 ttyreres )ofcenffab og @!i0beS(0$fyeb ^ar gtoet (j^Jab* 
 rulers laziness and carelessness have delivered the coun- 
 
 stjorunum i hendur pegna bans, svo ad vegna 
 
 atberne) * $ en ^ er Unberfaatter ^ang, faa at formebelft 
 cillors in hand subjects his, so that on account 
 peirra tfgirni eru hinir tvistradir vidsvegar sem her 
 bereS jcemg^eb ere Ijtne abfprebte toibe 33ete font Ijer 
 of their avarice are the others scattered far and wide who here 
 bjuggu adur. Califen, sem nu i fyrsta sinni heyrdi sannleikann, 
 B^ggebe for. (Saltfen, font nu f^rftegang ^0rte @anb^eben r 
 lived before. The Calif, who now for first time heard the truth, 
 firtist ekki af pvi, heldur ^setti ser ad verda adgaet- 
 DrebebeS iffe af bet, men beftemte fig at 6(toe o^mcerf* 
 got angry not of it, but resolved himself to be more atten- 
 
 nari i embaettisskyldu sinni framveigis, en 16t ekki 
 
 fommere t (SmBebS'^ligt fin frembe(e6, men (ob t!fe 
 tive in office -duty his for the future, but let not 
 husbondann d s6r merkja med hvada paunkum bans 
 
 |)uubonben tyaa. fig mcer!e meb ^otl!e 5Tan!er IjanS 
 the house-master (on) himself perceive with which thoughts his 
 sinni var uppfyllt. S^l arabiski vildi gjOra komumanni til 
 @tnb ar o^f^tbt. en Slrabtffe t(be gj^re joeften tit 
 mind was upfilled. The Arab would do the comer to 
 g6da allt hvad hann gat, og p6 undireins var 
 obe att ^oab tyan formaaebe, og bog ttflige oar 
 good all what he could, and yet at the same time was
 
 79 
 
 hrrcddur um ad hann kynni hneixla hann, dr6 leingi timann, 
 
 bange for at fyan f unite [rjk e j fyant, brog fonge STimen, 
 afraid for that he might scandalize him, dreic long the time, 
 adurenn hann taladi til bess, at hann cetti eina vinflusku, 
 ferenb Ijan tatebe tit bets, at fyan eiebe en SStin-gfoffe, 
 before he spoke to that, that he possessed one wine- flask, 
 sem hann gjarnan skyldi g6fa honum ad drekka ur, ef 
 font fyan gierne ffutbe gibe fyannem at brtffe af, berfom 
 which he willingly should give him to drink from, if 
 gSstur byrdi ad taka bad uppa" sina samvitsku, bvi eptir 
 ioeft turbe at tage bet oppaa fin antbtttigljeb, tl)i efter 
 guest dared to take it upon his conscience, for after 
 Tyrkja-trfi er ekki leyfilegt ad drekka vin, edur neitt sem 
 tyrIeS-ro ev iffe tiUabetigt at briffe 23iin, efler noget font 
 Ttirks'-religion is not allowable to drink wine, or anything which 
 afeingt er. Califen sem var 6vanur bessum drikk, vildi 
 fecritfenbe er. Sattfen font bar noant benne X)rif f bt(be 
 inebriating is. The Calif who was unused this drink, would 
 nyta ser tickifserid til at ni6ta peirrar dnaegiu, sem 
 ni^tte fig getltgfyebet tit at ntjibe benS gorn0je(feg ; font 
 use for himself the opportunity to to enjoy that pleasure, which 
 honum var bvi ymlislegri af bvi bun var fyribodin, og 
 fyam &ar befto fcefyagetigere af bet fyitn bar forbuben, og 
 him was the more delightful because she was forbidden, and 
 hann vissi ad silt misbrot mundi her ei komast npj>. 
 ^an bibfte at fit ^orbrl^betfe monne fyer et lomnteg op. 
 he knew that his crime would here not come up. 
 Eptir ad hann var biiinn ad drekka hid fyrsta staup, sagdi 
 (gfter at ^an bar fcerbig at briffe bet ferfte @t0b, fagbe 
 After that he was finished to drink the first glass, said 
 hann med hiru bragdi vid bann arabiska: Minn vin! eg 
 tycm tneb Btibt 5laft;n beb ben ?(raotffe: 2)itn $en! jeg 
 he^ with mild mine to the Arab; My friend! I 
 er einn af hirdsveinum Califans, og bu skalt ei burfa ad 
 er en af >offbenbe (EatifenS, og bn flat ei befy0tte at 
 am one of courtiers the Calif's and thou shall not need to 
 ydrast eptir bann greida sem bu hefir gjiJrt m^r. Sa 1 
 fortr^be efter ben S3ebcertning font bit fyaber gjort ntig. >en 
 repent of that entertainment, which thou hast done me. The
 
 80 
 
 arabiski let aptur m6ti i te gledi og bakklaeti 
 
 Slrobtffe tob atter imob t tee tcebe og (et) a!nemme(t>ifjeb 
 Arab let again in return joy and gratitude 
 
 fyri bessa alutl, og syndi komumanni bessmeiri 
 
 for benne Dptncerffomfyeb, og bifte jceften beftomere 
 for- this condescension, and showed the comer the more 
 
 vyrdingu. I'essi, sem sagdist vera Califans embaBtlismadur, 
 Slnfeetfe. >enne, font fogbeS ocere (SotifenS (SmbebSmonb, 
 honour. This, who said himself be the Califs officer, 
 t6k fliott til floskunnar aptur, en vid hvOrt eitt staup 6x 
 
 tog fnart tit ^taffenS otter, men beb fytoert et <St0b too^te 
 look quickly to the bottle again, but at every one glass increased 
 bans anaBgja og vidf'eldni. Eg vil ekki leyua |>ig 
 
 fyonS gorntfjetfe og Dmgaengetigfyeb. 3eg bit iffe ffjute (for) big 
 his pleasure and affability. I will not conceal thee 
 neinu sagdi bann vid husbtimlann, eg er Califans einka 
 noget fagbe ^>an beb wu$bonben jeg er SatifenS fcebfte 
 anything said he to the housemaster, 1 am the Califs intimate 
 
 vin, sem hann hefir mestar msetur A. SA vinskapur 
 23en, font ^an ^aer ftarfte obljeber ^aa. en 33enffa6 
 friend whom he has greatest goodness upon. That friendship 
 
 sem bann vyrdist at hafa til min, skal innan skamms g6fa 
 font fyan bcerbigeg at ^ae tit ntig, ffal tnben torts gie 
 which he appears to have for me, shall within short give 
 mcr tffikifa?ri at litvega ber velgjOrdir af banns hendi. 
 ntig (et) eitigl)eb at f orffaff e big 33etgjerninger of J?an$ aanb. 
 me opportunity to get thee benefits from his hand. 
 Pegar enn arabiski beyrdi petta, Jioktist bann ei n6gsamliga 
 )o ben Slrobiffe ^erte bette, ttyfteS l^an ei noffomt 
 When the Arab heard this, thought himself he not sufficiently 
 gela veitt g6sti sinum lotningu en kysti banns klacdafald, 
 lunne ^be joeft fin ^)0jogtetfe men l(>fte IjonS (en) ttcebeoon, 
 be able given guest his reverence' but kissed his cloths' -seam, 
 og beiddi hann fyrir alia muni ad spara ei |ietla vin, sem 
 og bob tyom for ot 5Ting ot fpore et bette SStin, fom 
 and bade him by all means to spare not this wine, which 
 gjOrdi hann svo lystugann. Mahadi kom s6r belur og betur 
 gjorbe ^om foo t^ftig. Sttofyobt fom fig bebre og bebre 
 made him so merry. Mahadi came himself bettet* and better
 
 81 
 
 hja" vininu, svo hann burfti ekki ad taka naerri 
 i S3enffab IjoS SMnct, [aa fyan k^oefce iffe at tage noer 
 into friendship by the wine, so (hat he needed not to take near 
 s6r ad drekka [>ad fyri hiisbdndans bon. Eg sjd sagdi 
 fig at briffe bet for $ituSbonben8 S30n. 3eg feer fagbc 
 himself to drink it fur the housemaster's request. I see, said 
 hann, ad 01 seigir allann vilja. Eg er hvorki hirdmadur 
 Ijan, at [ figer at $MUje. 3eg er fyoerfen )offinbe 
 he that ale says all will. I am neither courtier 
 n6 einka vinur Califans, heldur er eg Califen sjalfur, og 
 elter bebfte 23en GattfenS, feller er jeg Salifen feto, og 
 nor intimate friend of the Calif's, rather am I the Calif himself, and 
 nu stadfesti eg og ytreka allt pad loford, sem eg adur hefl 
 nu ftabfcefter jeg og gjentager att bet 0fte, font jeg far Ijar 
 now confirm I and repeat all that promise which I before have 
 gjttrt l>cr. Arabiski madurinn tok slrax i kyrdum fri 
 gjort big. Slrabiffe-manben tog ftraj t @ti(^eb fra 
 made thee. The Arab took immediately in quietness from 
 honum fluskuna, og a3tladi ad bera hana burt. Hvad ertii 
 fyannem 5(af!e*n, og agtebe at fccm ben Bort. t>ab er bu 
 him the bottle, and intended to carry her (it) away. What art thou 
 ad gjOra? spurdi Califen, sem hugsadi ad sd arabiski mundi 
 at gjtfre? fpurgte Salifen, font tcenfte at ben Strabtffe monne 
 to do? asked the Calif, who thought that the Arab would 
 nii syna s6r Idngtum meiri lotningu enn ddur. I*6r 
 nu ijtfc fig langt mere 0jagtelfe enb for. e 
 now show him far more reverence than before. You 
 megit vera hvOrhelst sem }>er viljid, svaradi husb6ndinn, 
 maa occre ^bofom^etft font 1)e it, foarebe uu6onben, 
 may be whosoever which you like, answered the housemaster, 
 ba" laet eg ydur samt ekki drekka meir. Vid fyrsta staupid 
 ta (aber jeg !5)cm bog tffe briffe nteer. SSeb forftc (Stybet 
 then let I you yet not drink more. At the first glass 
 sOgdust per vera sttirherra, og bvi gat eg vel truad; 
 fagbeS e toaere tor^erre, og bet !unne jeg et troet; 
 thou saidts you were great Lord, and that could I well believe; 
 vid bad annad vorud per ordinn mesta uppi bald Califans, 
 eb bet anbet oar )e bteoen ntefte 3lff;olb SaltfenS, 
 at the second were you become greatest favourite of the Calif's, 
 
 Icelandic Grammar. 6
 
 82 
 
 og ha" hafdi eg st6ra vyrdingu fyrir ydur; vid hid bridja 
 og ba fyabbe jeg ftor $(rb0btgljeb for >em; beb bet trebie 
 and then had I great reverence for you; at the third 
 sOgdust her vera Califen sjdlfur, og bad getur sk6d, 
 fagbeS 5)e bcere Sattfen felt), og bet fan f!ee, 
 thousaidst you were the Calif himself, and that may happen 
 
 ad bad s6 salt; en haett er vid, ad b6r vid fjorda statipid 
 at bet er fanbt; men fartigt er beb, at )e beb fjerbe ttfbet 
 ?/*a? it he true; but danger is to, that you at the fourth glass 
 segist vera okkar st6ri spamadtir Mohamelh, og kanusk6 
 figeS bcere boreS ftore<Sbaamanb!>Jftofyameb, og fanffee 
 say you were our great prophet Mahometh, and perhaps 
 
 vid fimta staupid alma'ttugur Gud ; en pvi a eg ba"gt med 
 beb femte <St0bet atmcegtige ub ; men bet ejer jeg Onbt meb 
 at the fifth glass Almighty God; but that own I difficult with 
 ad triia. Mahadi hlo ad jjessu einfaldlega en p6 ekki 
 at troe. Sftafyabt toe ab bette eenfotbige men bog iffe 
 to believe. Mahadi laughed at this simple but yet not 
 heimskuliga svari; og par vinid var farid ad stiga uppi 
 bnmme @Dar; og ba 23inet bar faret at fttge oto t 
 stupid answer; and as the wine icas begun to rise up in 
 hofudid, lagdi hann sig nidur a abreiduna, sem hus- 
 
 <pobebet, (agbe ^an fig neb toaa ^ebben, fom ^)iiu* 
 the head, laid he himself down on the coverlet, which the house- 
 bondinn hafdi a3tlad lionum til ssengur um n6ttina. Daginn 
 bonben ^abbe agtet ^am tit eng$ om fatten. SDagen 
 master had intended (for) him as bed during the night. The day 
 eptir reid hann af stad, tok med ser pann arabiska, svo sem 
 efter reeb Ijan affteb, tog meb fig ben Slrabiffe, faafom 
 after rode he away, took with him the Arab, as 
 
 leidsOgumann, og gaf honum stor gjafir, begar heir komu 
 ebfagetfemanb og gab fyam ftore aber, ba be fom 
 guide and gave him great presents, when they came 
 til Bagdad, 
 tit SBagbab. 
 to Bagdad.
 
 83 
 
 I tlcgdarsiigan. 
 
 Godgjordasamur madur nokkurr a"setti sr ad audsyna 
 velgjiirdir einum br*li sinum, gaf honum pessvegna frelsi, skip 
 med ullum reida, og svo mikinn forda, sem n6gur vjeri til ad 
 leita ser lukku og frama med, i hvttriu hellst landi sem hann 
 vildi taka s6r bolfestu. I'essi frelsingi f6r um bord, og let ur 
 lagi, en skelfilegr stormur koni uppa", sem hrakti hann uppa 
 nokkra ey, er honum syndist vera obygd. Nu var hann buinn 
 ad missa allt hvacl hann Uti, hjalpa"rlaus, vissi ekkert hvad af 
 ser mundi verda, og gat ei hugsad til seinni timanna a*n sk61- 
 fingar. Hann var einsog i poku hvad hann a"tti ad horfa, gekk 
 afram i baunkum, edur rettara ad seigja ba"nkaleysi, baugadtil 
 fyri honum vard slettur og trodinu vegur. Med gledi hellt 
 hann afram bann veg, og sa" a"leingdar st6ra borg, hvad ed jok 
 I>ans fognud, svo hann hvatti sporid til ad koma pangad sem 
 fliotast. Hissa vard hann, pegar hann na"Igadist borgina, sa 
 hennar innbyggjara koma i hopatali a" moti ser, segja sig vel- 
 kominn med meslu blidla'tum, og ad stadarins tiilkur hrbpadi 
 harri roddu: bessi er ydar Kongur! Allir fylgdu honum til 
 borgarinnar med fOgnudi og gledildtum ; hann var leiddur med 
 mestu vidhOfn og prakt i ])A boll, hvar Kongarnir v6ru vanir 
 ad hafa sitt adsetur, var fserdur i purpura kipu og dirmaet 
 k6rona sett a" bans hofud. ^Edstu hofdingjar borgarinnar s6ru 
 honum hollustu eid i alls lidsins nafiii, ad heir skyldu vera 
 honum hlidnir, hollir, og tniir, einsog beim ba3ri vid Kong 
 sinn ad breyta. Sd nyi K6ngur hugsadi i fyrstunni, ad Jjetta 
 allt vaeri ekki annad enn draiimur, en af reynslunni hlaut hann 
 ad gauga ur skugga um, ad betta var raunar einsog bad syn- 
 di^t, svo hann i huganum vard ad spyrja sialfinu sig; hvad ^ 
 betta ad pVda? Og hvad mun s<1 tedsti Sliornari allra hluta 
 sctla ser med mig? l*essi l>a"nki f6r aldrei ur huga bans, og 
 
 Audsyna, show. horfa, 
 
 Fordi, provisions. aleingdar, from distance. 
 
 leita, search. hvatli sporid, quickened his paces 
 
 Frami, honour. harri roddu, in a loud voice. 
 
 Bolfesta, dwelling. Adsetur, residence. 
 
 ad lata ur lagi, to leave the dirma i lr, precious. 
 
 Imrbour. breyta, behave. 
 
 hrakli, drifted. hlaut, was obliged. 
 
 buinn, finished. ganga ur skugga, be convinced. 
 
 an, without. raunar, really, in fact. 
 
 6*
 
 84 
 
 loksins kom hann honum til ad grendslast eptir, hvornin & Ollu 
 pessu stsedi. Hann kalladi bvi bann af birdmOnnum sinum 
 fyri sig, sem optast var vanur ad vera i kringum hans per- 
 s6nu, var hans radaneyti, og sem af Guds forsjon syndist hafa 
 verid settr honum til adstodar i landstjOrninni. Drottseti! 
 sagdi hann: hvOrr hefur gjOrt mig ad ykkar K6ngi? hvorsvegna 
 hlfda me"r allir? og hvad a" af mer ad verda? Vitid Herra, 
 svaradi hirdst j6rinn honum, ad innbyggendur eyar bessarar, 
 hafa bedid Gud ad senda peim a" ari hvOriu bann Kong sem 
 s6 af Adam kominn. Sa" Almattugi hefur bsenheirt pa", svo ad 
 ari hvOriu kemur hiugad em manneskja, allur lidurinn tekur 
 med mestu vidhofn og fOgnudi mod bessum manni, og setur 
 hann til K6ngs yfir sig; en hans rikisstjorn varir ekki leingur 
 enn eitt a"r. f*egar si timi er a" enda, pa" er honum velt lir 
 hei?a3tinu, dregin af honum tignar kla3din, og hann aptur fa3r- 
 dur i litilfjorliga larfa, stridsmenn, sem ekki gefa nein grid, 
 fa3ra hann ofan til strandar, og kasta honum Jiar 6ti skip, er 
 flytur hann til annarar eyar, sem af sia"lfrar sinnar kostum er 
 hri6strug og g^dalaus. Sa"sem fyri nokkrum dOgum var rikur 
 k6ngur, hefur b^ hvorki Pegna n6 vini, en lifir |)ar i sorg og 
 eymd. Lidurinn, sem laus er ordinn vid sinn gamla K6ng, 
 flylir s6r pi ad medtaka bann n^a, sem Guds forsjon a"rlega 
 sendir hingad, og betta Herra ! er bad 6umbreytanlega Iflgmal, 
 sem ekki stendur i ydar valdi ad raska. Vissu beir sem fyri 
 mig hafa verid spurdi Kongurinn, pessi hOrdu forlOg? Eingum 
 beirra svaradi Drottsetinn, hefir pad verid dulid, en peir hafa 
 ei haft n6gann mod og mannshug ad athuga svo sorglegar Lt- 
 farir, par augu peirra hafa verid blindud af glampa KongdaB- 
 misins. Peir hafa lifad og I3tid einsog vellystingar og einsegja 
 hafa hvatt bd til, og aldrei hugsad til ad n3 stodugri lukku, eda 
 gjOra s6r baerileg |iau endalok, sem beir vissu s6r var 6mOgulegt 
 ad unifl^a; J)eirra lukku a"r leid eetid fliotara enn ba* vardi, svo 
 <3fara dagurinn kom loksins yfir ba" fyrr enn beir v6ru biinir, ad biia 
 nokkud i haginn fyri sig, ad eymd og litlegd beirra yrdi beim bseri- 
 leg. Pegar Kongurinn heyrdi betti, vard hann micig 6ttasleginn, 
 sveid honum bad mest, ad mikill partur af dirmseta timanum 
 var til 6n^tis lidinn; hann a*setti ser pvi ad briika bess betur 
 
 jjrendslast eptir, inquire. hriostrugur, barren. 
 
 adstod, assistance. fegn, subject. 
 
 Drottseti, counsellor. eymd, distress. 
 
 litilfjorlegr, mean. oumbreytanlegr, unalterable. 
 
 larfar, rags. raska, alter.
 
 85 
 
 bad af honum, sem eptir var. l'ii vitri Dr6ttseti! Sagdi harm 
 til bans, bii hefir sagt me"r mitt lilkomandi ofall, scgdu me> 
 lika hvOrt medal er til ad komast klaklaust hja" bvi? Minnist 
 ]ier, Herra! svaradi Drotisetinn, ad be"r kumud hingad allslaus 
 til eyarinnar, og athugid ba undir eins ad allt eins muni verda, 
 pegar Jer farid h6dan, og ad |HT aldrei muuud >i;i hana aptur. 
 Eitt einasta medal er til, ad varna bvi ofalli sem fyrir ydur 
 liggur, ])er verdid ad senda smidi til eyarinnar, sem per egid 
 ad fara til, lata byggja pa"r stor vistahiis, og fylla bau af Ollu 
 sem barf til vidurlifls. Fors6mid hddanaf ekkert augnablik sem 
 be"na kann til ydar lukku og brukid Oil pau medOl sem ber 
 ge"lid upphugsad, til ad koma i veg fyri J)d vesOld, sem fli6tt 
 dynur yflr en leingi varir; allt ])etta verdur ad giOrast undan- 
 dr^ttarlaust Jivi tidin fl'ygur, sa" fastsetti timans punktur n^ilgast, 
 og ])ad er forgefins ad aHla ser ad aptur kalla pa stund sem 
 ;i II ili hi er; en yilr alia hluti fram, munid til ]>ess ad a* peim 
 stad, sem per egid til svoddan la"ngframa ad bua, munud p6r 
 ekkert fyri finna nema }>ad, sem per latid ftytja pangad, ^ peim 
 stutta lima er J)er egid ennu eptir. K6ngurinn fe"llst a* rad 
 Dr6ttseta sins, sendi strax smidi til Eyarinnar ad koma ollu 
 pessu i verk, hann let gjora eyuna ad yndisligum og gagn- 
 legum biistad. Loksins kom sa fikvardadi dagur, kouginum 
 var snarad lir baseetinu, allur Kongs-skrudi af bonum tekiun, 
 og hann hnepptur uti skip sem flutti bann i bans Utlegdarstad. 
 I'essi al'setti Kongur kom bdngad lukkulega, og lifdi bar badi 
 rolegri og dnaegdari enn ddur. 
 
 ofall, disaster. vidurlifi, subsistence. 
 
 Klaklaust, without danger, undandratlarlaust, without delay. 
 
 Vistahus, store-room. langframa, for so long a lime. 
 
 Af Egils-Saga. 
 tpphaf rikis llaralds harragra. 
 
 Haraldr, son Halfdauar svarta, hafSi tekit arf eptir fo5ur 
 sinn; bann haffti pess beit streingt, at Llta eigi skera bdr sitt 
 ne kemba, fyrr en bann \xri einvaldskoniingr yfir Noregi ; bann 
 var kallaQr Haraldr lufa. 
 
 Si3an barQist bann vi9 J).1 konunga, er ntestir varo, ok
 
 86 
 
 sigraBi ba, og eru })ar Idngar frdsagnir. SiBan eignaBist hann 
 Upplond, paBan for hann norBr i Prindheim, ok atti par mar- 
 gar orrostur, aBr hann yrBi einvaldi yfir tillum PramdalOgum. 
 
 SiBan atlaBi hann at fara norBr i Naumudal a hendr peim 
 broidrum Herlaugi ok Hrollaugi, er pi vAro konungar yfir Nau- 
 mudal. En er beir broedr spurBu til ferBar hans, pa gekk 
 Herlaugr i haug pann meB tolfta mann, er a"Br hoi'Bu peir 
 gera IdtiB, ok vAro at prjd vetr; var siBan haugrinn aptrlokinn. 
 En Hrollaugr konungr veltist or konungd6mi, ok t6k upp jarls- 
 rett, ok f6r siBan a vald Haralds konungs, ok gaf upp riki sitt. 
 SvA eignaBist Haraldr konungr Naumdoelafylki ok Halugaland; 
 setti hann par menn yfir riki sitt. 
 
 SiBan bj6st Haraldr konungr or frandheimi me9 skipaliBi, 
 ok f6r suBr i Mceri, atti par orrostu viB Hunpjof konung, ok 
 hafBi sigr; fell par Hiinpj6fr: pi eignaBist Haraldr konungr 
 NorBmoeri ok Raumsdal. 
 
 En Solvi klofi, son Hi'mpjdfs, hafBi undan komizt, ok for 
 hann a Sunnmoeri til ArnviBar konungs, ok baB hann ser full- 
 tings, ok sagBi svA: P6tt petta vandradi hafi nu borit oss at 
 hendi, pa mun eigi l&ngt til, at sama vandraedi mun til yBvar 
 koma; pviat Haraldr setla ek iat skjott mun her koma, Jja er 
 hann hefir alia menn }}ra3lkat ok a"pjaB, sem hann vill i NorB- 
 moeri ok i Raumsdal. Munu per hinn sama kost fyrir hOndum 
 eiga, sem vaer ittum, at verja fe yBvart ok frelsi, ok kosta 
 partil allra teirra manna , er ySr er liBs af van , ok vil ek 
 bj6Bast til meB minu liBi moti pessum ofsa ok ojafnaBi. En 
 at oBrum kosti munu per vilja taka upp Pat raB, sem Naum- 
 doelir gerBu, at ganga meB sjilfvilja i dnauB, ok gerast prselar 
 Haralds. Pat p6tti foBur minum sigr, at deyja i konungd6mi 
 meB soemd, heldr en gerast undirmaBr annars konungs i ga- 
 mals aldri : hygg ek at per muni ok sv& pykja, ok oBrum peim 
 or nokkurir ero borBi, ok kappsmenn vilja vera. Af slikum 
 1'ortOlum var konungrinn fastraBinn til pess at samna liBi, ok 
 verja land sitt. 
 
 Bundu peir Solvi pa saman lag sitt, ok sendu orB AuB- 
 liirni komingi, er reB fyrir FirBafylki, at hann skyldi koma til 
 liBs viB ba. En er sendimenn komu til AuBbjarnar koniings, 
 ok baru hftnum Jjessa orBsending, bi reBst hann urn viB vini 
 sina, ok redu hAnum bat allir, at samna liBi, ok fara til m6ts 
 viB Mceri, sem hAnum vAro orB send til. 
 
 AuBbjOrn kouiingr let skera upp herOr, ok fara herboB 
 um allt sitt riki; hann sendi ok orB n'kismonnum, ok baB })a
 
 87 
 
 koma a sinn fund. En er sendiraenn kom'ings komu til Kveld- 
 I'll's, ok sog8u hanum sin emidi, ok bat ;tt konungr vill, at 
 Kveld-L T lfr komi til hans me3 alia hiiskarla sina; pa svarar 
 hann: 1'at mun konungi skylt bykja, at ek fara meS lignum, 
 ef hann skal verja land sitt, ok se lierjat i FirQafylki, en liitt 
 ;i-tla ck mer alloskylt at fara nor8r a Mojri ok berjast }>ar, ok 
 verja land beirra. Er ySr bat skjotast at segja, bd er her hiltiS 
 koniing ySvarn, at Kveld-UH'r mun beima sitja um betta her- 
 blanp, ok hann mun eigi herliSi samna, ok eigi gera sina pa" 
 heitnanfcrft, at berjast moti Haraldi lufu; bviat ek hygg at hann 
 bail bar byrQi gn6ga hamingju, er komingr vjlrr hafi eigi krep- 
 ping fullan. F6ro sendimenn heim til konungs, ok stigftu lianuni 
 erendislok sin, en Kveld-Llfr sat heima at buum sinum. 
 
 Peir I J 6rolfr ok Egill viro J)aun vetr me5. Ptfri (hersi) 
 i goQu yfirlfcti, en um vArit bjuggu }jeir Mngskip mikit, ok 
 fengu manna til, f6ru um sumarit i Austrveg ok herju3u, fengu 
 })ar of fjar, ok <iltu orrostor margar. 1'eir heldu til Kiirlands, 
 ok Iog5u vi5 landsmenu h^lfs minaftar friS, ok Ii0f8u vi8 ba" 
 kaupstelnu ; en er pvi var lokit, })a t6ko peir al berja, ok 10g8u 
 at i ymsum stoQum. 
 
 Einn dag logftu })cir at vi8 aros einn mikinn, ok var }>ar 
 murk mikil a land upp; peir re8u par til uppgongu. Li5i var 
 skipt i sveitir, tolf monnum saman ; peir gengu yfir sk6ginn, 
 ok var ]);i eigi langt, a9r en bygftin tok vid ; beir rtentu })a, 
 ok drapu menn, en Ii5it flj'8i, unz peir fengu Onga viQtoku. 
 En er a"lei5 daginn, })a let Porolfr bldsa Ii8inu til ofangungu; 
 sneru nifnn ]ia aplr ;i sknginn, par sem bverr var staddr. En 
 er Jieir I'oi^lfr rannsOku5u Ii8it, b5 var Egill eigi ofankominn, 
 ok sveit hans, en ba tok at myrkva af n6tt, ok })6ttust meun 
 eigi mega leita hans. 
 
 Egill hafSi gengit yiir skog nokkurn , ok tolf menn me8 
 hdnum, ok si J)eir Jii slettur myklar ok byg8ir. Brer einn 
 slo8 skamt frd l)eim ; ])eir stefna til boejarins, en er beir komo 
 |)ar, hlaupa peir i bus inn, ok ver8a ekki vi8 menn varer; 
 j)eir toko fe }>at allt, er fyrir l>eim var, laust, bar vAro mOrg 
 htis, ok dvaldisl beim ]>ar lengi. 
 
 En er Jieir vftro ulkonmir, ok fra boenum, var Ii3 komit 
 inilli beirra ok skogarins, ok s6lti }>at at ])eim. Ski8gar8r var 
 liar fr1 boenum til skogarins; jia m;plti Egill, at beir skyldu 
 fylgja hanum, sva at eigi maUli Ollum megin at beim ga"nga. 
 I'cir ger8u sva, irckk Egill fyrslr, en si8an hverr at O8rum, 
 svA naer at ekki nialti skilja jta. Kurer s6ltu at }>eim fast, ok
 
 88 
 
 mest me3 lo'gum ok skotum, en gengu ekki i hoggorrosliu 
 En er peir Egill heldu fram me5 ski5gar5inum, fundu peir eigi 
 fyrr, en par gekk annarr ski9gar5r jafnframt, ok ger5ist par 
 mj6tt i milli, partil er lykkja var9 a, ok matti eigi framkomast. 
 Kurir sottu eptir peim i kvina, en suuiir sottu utan at, ok 
 logftu spj6tum ok sverSum i gegnum garftana, en sumir bru 
 klaeSi & vdpn peirra. Ur5u peir Egill sdrer, ok pvi nsest hand- 
 tekner, ok aller bundner, leiddir sva" heim til bccjarins. 
 
 Sa" var rikr ma9r ok auQigr, er bo3 bann a"tti; hann atti 
 son roskinn. Pa" var umrredt, hvat vift ba skyldi gera: sag<5i 
 b6ndi, at h^num b6tti bat ra9, at drepinn, va3ri hverr A foetr 
 ()5rum; b6ndason segir at ba" ger3i myrkt af n6tt, ok matti 
 enga skemtan af hafa at kveija ^ei, ba9 hann Idta bi5a margins. 
 Var beim bd skoti8 i hiis eitt, ok bundnir ramliga; Egill var 
 bundinn vi9 staf einu, bse5i hendr ok foetr; si3an var hiisit 
 laest ramliga, en Kurir gingu inn i stufu, ok mOtu8ust, ok 
 vSro allkcitir ok drukku. 
 
 Egill ferSist vi9, ok treysti stafinn, til bess er upplosna5i 
 or g61fiuu; si5an fell stafrinn, smeygSist Egill pa" af stafnum. 
 Eptir pat leysti hann hendr sinar me9 tOnnum; en er hendr 
 bans voru lausar, leysti hann bond af fotum ser. Si3an leysti 
 hann felaga sina; en er beir vAro aller lauser, bei leitubust 
 beir um, hvar likast var lit at komast. Husit var gert at vegg- 
 jum af timbrstokkum storum, en i annan enda hussins var 
 skjaldjjili flatt, hljopu |)eir Jjarat, ok brutu })ilit; var bar bus 
 annat, er beir komo i, vAro bar ok timbrveggir um. 
 
 Pa heyr9u beir manna mal undir fostr ser ni5r; Ieitu9ust 
 beir ba um, ok fundu hur5 i g61finu, luku beir bar up, var 
 |>arundir gr5f djup, heyr5u beir Jjangat manna malit. Pa 
 spurQi Egill hvat manna par vsri. Sd nefndist Aki, er yi5 
 hann ma3lti. Egill spurSi ef beir vildi upp ur grofinni; Aki 
 segir at peir vildu pat gjarna; si5au letu peir Egill siga festi 
 ofan i grOfina, pd er peir vAro bundnir me9, ok drogu bar 
 upp J)rja menn. Aki segir at pat vAro synir bans tveir, ok 
 beir v&ro menn dansker, hof5u ])ar or5it hertekner it fyrra 
 sumar. Var ek, sag9i hann, vel haldinn i vetr, haf9a ek mjok 
 fj<irvar9veizlur biianda, en sveinarner v&ro bj^5er ok undu beir 
 ilia. I var re9u ver til, ok hlupum a brott, ok ur5um si5an 
 fundner, vAro ver bd her setter i grOf bessa. Per mun her 
 kunnigt um hiisaskipan, segir Egill, hvar oss er vrcnst a brott 
 at komast. Aki sag5i at bar var annat skjaldbili: brjoli ber 
 J)at upp, munu per pa" koma fram i kornhlo9u, en pa er lit-
 
 S9 
 
 gdnga sem sjalfr vill. f*eir Egill ger9u svA, brutu upp lilit, 
 gengu si<5an i hlo8una, ok j>a5an ut. NiSamyrkr var L 
 
 IM imcltu l>cir forunautar Egils, at beir skyldu skunda 
 & sk6ginn. Egill mtelti vi3 Aka ef per eru her kunnig hVbyli, 
 (fi muntu visa oss til fefanga nokkurra. Aki segir at eigi 
 mundi par skorla lausafe: her er lopt mikit, er b6ndi sefr i, 
 par skorter eigi va"pn inni. Egill ba8 pa ]>;ingat fara til lopt- 
 sins ; en er peir komo upp & Ioptri5it, p3 s1 peir at loptit var 
 opit; var par Ij6s inni, ok pj6nostu-menu , ok bjuggu rekkjur 
 manna. Egill ba8 bd suma I'iti vera, ok gta at engi kaemist 
 ut. Egill hljop inn i loptit, greip }>ar vApn, l)viat pan skorti 
 ]>ar eigi inni, dr1pu par menn alia, pi er par varo inni; }jeir 
 t6ko ser aller alva?pni. 
 
 Aki gekk bar til er hlemmr var i golfpilinu, ok lauk upp, 
 mrelti at peir skyldi par ofan g^nga i undirskemmuna. l^eir 
 t6ko ser Ijos, ok gengu piingat; vAro J)ar febirzlur b6nda ok 
 griper g69er ok silfr mikit; I6ko men ser par byr5ar, ok bciru 
 lit. Egill t6k undir hOnd ser mjoddrekku eina vel mikla, ok 
 bar hana undir hendi ser. En er beir komo i sk6ginn, bii: 
 nam Egill sta5 ok msclti: ]>essi fer8 er allill, ok eigi hermann- 
 lig; ver hofum stolit fe b6nda, svA at hann veil ekki til, skal 
 oss aldregi }>a skomm henda; fOrum nil aptr til boejarins, ok 
 lAtum j)A vita hvat tilt er. Allir mseltu pvf i m6t, si)g9u at 
 peir vildu til skips. 
 
 Egill setr ni9r mjo5drekkuna, si5an hefr hann & ras, ok 
 rann til Ixrjarius; en er bann kom til bo?jarins, bA sd hann, 
 at Jijonostusveinar gengu fra eldaskala me5 skutildiska, ok barn 
 inn i stofuna. Egill sa at i eldahusinu var eldr mikill, ok 
 katlar yfir, gekk hann bringat til. t'ar hol'Qu verit stokkar 
 st6rer flutter heim, ok svA eldar gerver, sem bar er siSvenja 
 til, at eldinn skal leggja i stoksendann, ok brennr svA stokk- 
 rinn. Egill greip upp stokkinn, ok gekk heim til stofunnar, 
 ok skaut beim endanum er logacli upp undir upsina, ok svi 
 upp i na?frina, ok fesli par eldinn i skjott. En vi8ir lau |>ar 
 skamt i brott, ok bar bann )ia fyrir stofudyrnar. Eldrinn las 
 skjott tr()9vi8inn , en })eir er vi5 drykkjuna s^tu ; fundu eigi 
 fyrr, en loginn st63 inn um raifrit. Hlj(')po menn ba til dy- 
 ranna; en par var ekki greiQfoert lit, ba?8i fyrir viSunum, sv^ 
 }iat at Egill varBi dyrnar, ok drap })a fiesta er lit leUu5u, ba?9i 
 i dyrunum ok liti lyri. 
 
 Bondi spyrr, hverr fyrir eldinum re5i. Egill segir: s 
 einn ra38r nii fyrir eldi, er her mundi olikast bykja i ga;rkveld^
 
 90 
 
 ok skaltu ekki bei3ast at baka heitara, en ek mun kinda ; skaltu 
 hafa mjiikt ba9 fyrir mjuka rekkju, er bu veitter mer ok minum 
 fOrunautum. Er her nu sa sami Egill, er bu lezt fjtitra, ok 
 binda vi<5 stafmn i husi bvi, er her Ia3stu9 vandliga: skal nii 
 launa ber vickokur, sem bu ert verSr. I bvi astlar b6ndi at 
 leynast ut i myrkrit, en Egill var nasrstaddr, ok hj6 hann begar 
 banabOgg, ok marga aSra. En bat var svipstund ein, aSr stufan 
 brann, svA at hon fell ofan ; tyndist bar mestr hluti Ii5s bess, 
 er bar var inni. 
 
 En Egill gekk aptr til sk6garins, fann bar fOrunauta sina, 
 fara ba allir saman til skips. Sag5i Egill, at mjo5drekku b 
 vill hanu hafa at afnamsfe, er hann f6r me9, en hon var 
 reyndar full af silfri. Peir P 6r6lfr urSu allfegnir, er Egill kom 
 ofan, heldu })eir ba {oegar fra landi, er mornaQi. Aki ok Jjeir 
 fe9gar v&ro i sveit Egils. t*eir sigldu um sumarit, er dlei5, til 
 Danmarkar, ok l<5gu bar enn fyri kaupskipum, ok ra3ntu par 
 er peir komust vi3. 
 
 Haraldr Gormsson haf9i pd tekit vi5 riki i Danmork, 
 en Go'rmr var pa" dau5r, fa3ir bans; landit var J^a herskatt, 
 la"gu vikingar mjOg liti fyri, DanmOrku. Aka var kunnigt i 
 DanmOrku basSi sj^i ok landi; spurSi Egill hann mjog ept- 
 ri, hvar peir staler vasri, er st6r fefaung mundi fyriliggja. En 
 er peir komu i Eyrarsund, pa sag5i Aid at par var a" land upp 
 kaupstaSr mikill, er het i Lundi, sag9i at par var fevdn, en 
 likligt at par mundi vera \i5taka, er boejarmenn vseri. Pat 
 mdl var uppborit fyri Ii8sm0nnum , hvcirt bar skyldi r^5a til 
 uppgaungu eSa eigi. Menn t6ko par allmisjafnt a, fystu sumer 
 en sumer lottu, var pvi ma"li skoti5 til styrimanna. Por^lfr 
 fysti heldr uppgaungu; pa" var roedt vi5 Egil, hvat lionum ])6tti 
 ra5 hann kva5 visu: 
 
 Upp skolum orum sverQum, 
 
 ulfs-tann-litu3r ! glitra ; 
 
 eigum da5 at drygja 
 
 i dal miskunn fiska. 
 
 Leiti upp til Lundar 
 
 1^9a hverr sem braQast; 
 
 gerum Jjar fyri setr s61ar 
 
 sei9 6fagran vigra. 
 
 SiSan bjuggust menn til uppgaungu, ok foro til kaupsta- 
 Sarins. En er boejarmenn urftu varer vi3 ufrift, bd stefndu 
 }}eir f m6t; var Jjar treborg um staSinn, settu beir bar menn 
 til at verja; t6kst bar bardagi hinn har9asti. Egill s6tti at
 
 91 
 
 hli5inu fast me9 sina sveit, ok hlif9i ser lilt; var9 jjar mikit 
 mannfall; bu at hvcrr fell inn annan hon:arinanna. Er *\A 
 sagt at Egill gengi fyrstr manna i borgiua, ok si9an hverr 
 at o9rum; si9an fly9u boejarmenn, var bar mannfall mikit. 
 En beir Porcilfr r&ntu kaupsta9inn, ok toku mikit fe, en brendu 
 boejinn, a9r beir skildust vi9. F6ro si5an ofan til skipa sinna. 
 
 Af Snorre Sturlesens Heimskringla. 
 Saga Hakonar gorta. 
 
 1. Hakon A9alsteinsf6stri var ba" a England! , er hann 
 spur9i andldt Haralds konungs fo9ur sins; bjost hann ba begar 
 til ferSar: fekk A9alsteinn konungr hAnom Ii8, ok g69an ski- 
 pakost, ok bjo bans for allvegliga; ok kom hann um bauslit 
 til Noregs. Pi spur8i hann fall broe9ra sinna, ok })at me9 
 at Eirikr konungr var ba" i Vikinni: sigldi })d Ha"kon nor9r til 
 I'randheims, ok f6r d fund Sigur9ar Hla9ajarls, er allra spekinga 
 var mestr i Noregi, ok fekk par g69ar vi9tOkur, ok bundo })eir 
 lag silt saman; het Hakon hanom miklo riki, ef hann yrdi 
 konungr. Pa" leto beir slefna Jiing fjOlmennt, ok ^ bingino 
 tala9i Sigurdr jarl af hendi Hakonar, ok bau9 b6ndom hann 
 til konungs. Eptir pat sto9 Hakon sjalfr upp ok tala9i ; ma'lto 
 J)d tveir ok tveir sin a milli, at l>ar vrcri kominn Haraldr ha"r- 
 fagri, ok or9inn lingr i annat sinn. ILikoii haf9i bat upphaf 
 sins mals, at hann beiddi boendr vi9tOku, ok at gefa ser kon- 
 I'mgsnofn, ok bat me9 at veita ser fullting ok styrk til at halda 
 konungdominom; en }jarim6t bau9 hann l)eim at gera alia 
 bocndr 69alborna, ok gefa beiin 69ol sin, er abjoggu. At besso 
 orendi var9 r6mr svA mikill, at allr bonda mugriun O3pti ok 
 kalla9i, at Jjeir vildi hann til konungs taka; ok var sva" gert, 
 at 1'nendir toku Hdkon til konungs um allt land, [bar var hann 
 15 vetra: tok hann ser j)A hir9, ok f6r ylir land. 
 
 I J au ti9indi spur8ust & Upplond, at ^sendir hOf9o ser kon- 
 I'mg tekit, slikan at Ollu sem Haraldr hiun ha"rfagri var, nema 
 })at skildi, at Haraldr haffii allan lyd i landi [}>ra3lkat ok a"bja9, 
 en bessi, Hdkon, vildi hverjom manni gott, ok bau9 aptr at 
 gefa b6ndoiu 69ol sin, bau er Haraldr konungr haf9i af l)eim 
 tekit. Vi9 j)au ti9indi ur9o allir gla9ir, ok sag9i hverr o9rum,
 
 92 
 
 flaug pat sem sinoeldr allt austr til lands enda. Margir boendr 
 f6ro af Upplondum at hitta Hakon koniing; sumir sendo menn, 
 sumir gerflo or5sendingar ok jartegnir, en allir til pess, at 
 bans menn vildo gerast. Koniingr t6k pvi pakksamliga. 
 
 2. Hdkon koniingr f6r ondurSan vetr a" UpplOnd, stefndi par 
 ping, ok dreif allt f61k a" bans fund, bat er komast ma'tti; var ban 
 pa" til koniings tekinn a Ollum pingom; f6r bann pa" austr tilVikr. 
 
 11. fa" er Hdkon var koniingr i INoregi var friSr g6<5r 
 med bondom ok kaupmOnnum; svA at engi grandaQi O9rum 
 ne annars fe ; pa var ok a" r mikit ba3(5i a" sja" ok landi. Ha" kon 
 koniingr var allra manna glaSastr ok malsnjallastr ok litilla'tastr^ 
 hann var ma5r storvitr, ok Jagcii mikinn hug a" lagasetning: 
 hann setti GulabingslOg me3 ra9i Porleifs spaka ; ok hann setti 
 FrostabingslOg me3 r9i SigurQar jarls ok annarra bra3nda, 
 beirra er vitrastir v^ro; en HeiSssefislOg haf5i sett Ha'lfda'n 
 svarti, sem 1'yrr er ritat. 
 
 15. Ha"kon koniingr var vel kristinn, er hann kom i Noreg, 
 en fyrir pvi at J^ar var land allt hei5it, ok b!6tskapr mikill, 
 ok stormenni mart; en hann b6ttist Ii8s burfa mjok ok albyftu 
 vinsasld ; ba" t6k hann bat ra^, at fara leyniliga me9 kristninui, 
 belt sunnodaga ok frja'dagalb'sto ok minning hinna storsto hati9a, 
 Hann setti Jiat i logom, at lief j a jolahald bann tima, sem krist- 
 nir menn, ok skyldi jia* hverr ma5r eiga maelis 61, en gjalda 
 fe ella, ok halda heilagt me5an ol ynnist; en i9r var j61ahald 
 hafit Ho'ko-nott, bat var miftsvetrar n6tt, ok haldin briggja neitta 
 j6l. Hann a3tla3i svA, er hann festist i landino, ok hann hef9i 
 frja"lsliga undir sik lagt allt landit, at bafa ba" fram kristniboQ. 
 Hann gerfti svA fyrst, at hann lokkafti ba" menn, er hdnom vAro 
 ka3rstir til kristni ; kom svd me9 vinsaild bans, at mjok margir 
 leto skirast, en sumir leto af blotom. Han sat Icingom i Prand- 
 heimi, bviat bar var mestr styrkr landsins. En er Halion kon- 
 iingr bottist fengit hafa "styrk af nokkorum rikismonnum , at 
 halda upp kristninni, })i sendi hann til Englands eptir biskupi 
 ok OSrum kennimOnnum; ok er peir komu i Noreg, pa" ger9i 
 Ha*kon koniingr pat bert, at hann vildi bjoSa kristni urn allt 
 land, en Moerir ok Raumdo3lir skuto bannug sino rndli, sem 
 Pra3ndir vfiro. Ha"kon koniingr let bd vigja kirkjor nokkorar, 
 ok setti bar presta til. En er hann kom i Prdndheim, b6 
 stefndi hann bing vi9 boendr, ok bau8 jjeim kristni. Peir svara 
 sva\ at heir vilja pesso mdli skj6ta til Frostajiings, ok vilja ba 
 at bar komi menn or Ollum fylkjom, }ieim sem ero i Pra3nda- 
 logom; segja at pa" mAno peir svara pesso vandma^li.
 
 93 
 
 17. Hdkon konungr kom til Frostajnngs, ok var j)ar komit 
 allljOlmennt af btindom. En er })ing var sett, bd talaSi Hakoii 
 konungr, hefr bar fyrst, at bat var bo8 bans ok bum vi8 boendr 
 ok bubegna, rfka ok urfka, ok barmeS vi8 alia albySo, imga 
 menu ok gamla, saelan ok vesadan, konur sem karla, at allir 
 menn skyldo kristnast Idta, ok triia a" einn gu3, Rrist Marioson, 
 n hafna bltitum Ollum ok hei8nom go5um, balda beilakt limit 
 7da hvern dag vi8 vinnom ollum, fasta ok binn 7da hvern dag. 
 
 En Pegar er konungr haffii belta uppborit fyrir alj>y8o, 
 pd var3 begar kurr mikill, kurro3o bcendr urn bat, er konungr 
 vildi vinnur taka af })eim, ok segja at vi9 }iat malti landit eigi 
 byggja; en verkalyor ok J)rselar kOlluSu, at beir msetti eigi vinna, 
 ef l>eir skyldi eigi mat hafa: sogSo ok at bat var skaplostr 
 HAkonar konungs, sem fo9ur bans ok beirra fraenda, at beir 
 vAro illir af mat sfnom, }6tt [>eir va3ri mildir af gulli. 
 
 Asbjorn af Meoalhusom or Gaulardal st65 upp, ok svarar 
 yrindi konungs ok m.Tlti. Pat hug3o ver boendr, Hakon kon- 
 ungr! segir bann, at ba* er l)ii bafSir et fyrsta J)fng haft her 
 i Prandheimi, ok hOfSom }>ik til konungs tekit, ok begit af ber 
 6oOl vrtr, at ver hefSim ba" bimin hOndom tekit; en nii vitom 
 ver eigi hvfirt heldr er, at ver mAnom frelsi Jjegit hafa, e8a 
 mantu nii la"ta bra?lka oss af nyjo me9 undarligom lu-etti, at 
 ver munim liafna 5triina9i beim, er fe5r vdrir hafa haft fyrir 
 oss, ok allt forellri, fyrst urn brunaOld, en nii urn haugsOld, 
 ok hafa beir verit miklo gofgari en ver, ok hefir oss b6 dugat 
 bessi atrunaQr. Ver hofum lagt til yoar svd mikla aslu5, at 
 ver hi)fom bik ra"3a latit me5 oss Ollum logum i landino ok 
 landsrett. Nu er bat vili vdrr ok sambykki, b6ndanna, at halda 
 bau log, sem }>u settir oss her a" Frostajjingi, ok ver ja"ta9oin 
 })er; viljom ver allir ber fylgja, ok J)ik til konungs halda, me- 
 9an einnhverr er lifs b6ndanna beirra, er her ero nii a" bin- 
 gino, ef bii, konungr, vill nokkut hof viShafa, at bei5a oss 
 bess eins, er ver megom veita ber, ok oss se eigi 6geranda. 
 En ef her vilit betta ma 1 ! laka me9 s\& mikilli freko, at deila 
 atli ok ofriki vi8 oss, bd hofum ver bnendr gert rd8 vArt, at 
 skiljast allir vi8 |)ik, ok taka oss annan hOfSingja, bann er 
 oss haldi til bess, at ver munim i frelsi hafa bann dtruna8, 
 sem [ver viljom. Nii skallu, konungr, kj6sa um kosti bessa, 
 48r J)ing se slitit. 
 
 At eyrindi ])esso ger8o bojndr r6m mikinn, ok segja at 
 beir vilja svd vera Idla. 
 
 En er hlj68 fekkst, bd svarar Sigur8r jarl: Pat er vili
 
 94 
 
 Hdkonar koniings, at samjjykkja vi9 y5r, bcendr, ok la"ta aldri 
 skilja y8ra vinatto. Boendr segja at beir vilja, at konungr 
 bloti til ars beim ok IriSar, sva sem faSir bans gerSi, staSnar 
 ha" kurrinn, ok slita beir bingino. SiSan talaSi SigurSr jarl 
 viS konung, ok baS hann eigi riemast meS Ollu, at gera sem 
 boandr vildi, sagSi at eigi mundi annat lySa, en sveigja til 
 riokkot viS bcendr: er betta, konungr, sem sja"lfir per megut 
 heyra, vili ok a"kafi hOfSingja ok barmeS alls folks; skolo ver, 
 konungr, her fmna til gott ra"5 nokkut; ok samdisfc bat meS 
 beim konungi ok jarli. 
 
 16. SigurSr LaSa-jarl var hinn mesti bl6tmadr, ok sv 
 var Ha"kon fadir bans; belt SigurSr jarl upp b!6tveizlom ollum 
 af hendi koniings par i Prandalogom. 
 
 Pat var forn si5r, pa" er b!6t skyldi vera, at allir boendr 
 skyldo bar koma, sem hof var, ok flytja pannug fdng sin, ban 
 er beir skyldo hafa, meftan veizlan st65. At veizlo beirri skyldo 
 allir menn Ol eiga: pa var ok drepinn allskonar smali ok svd 
 bross, en bl65 |)at allt, er bar kom af, bat var kallat hlaut, 
 ok hlautbollar bat, er bl65 bat st65 i, ok hlautteinar, bat var 
 svck gert sem stoklar, me9 pvi skyldi rj69a stallana Olio saman, 
 ok svji veggi hofsins utan ok innan, ok svA stokkva a" mennina ; 
 en sldtrit skyldi sjo8a til mannfagna5ar. Eldar skyldo vera 
 i micljo g61fi i hofinoj, ok par katlar yfir, ok skyldi full um 
 eld bera. En sd er ger9i veizlona, ok hOfQfngi var, J)a skyldi 
 hann signa fullit ok allan b!6tmatinn. Skyldi fyrst 09ins full, 
 [skyldi bat drekka til sigrs ok rikis konungi sinom, en si9an 
 NjarSar full ok Freys full til a"rs ok fri5ar. P& var morgum 
 mOnnum titt at drekka parna3st Braga full; menn drukko ok 
 full frsenda sinna, peirra er gofgir hof5o verit, ok varo bat 
 minni kOlluS. 
 
 Sigur5r jarl var manna Orvastr; hann gerSi bat verk, er 
 fra?gt var mjok, at hann ger3i mikla [b!6tveizlo a" Hlo5om, ok 
 belt einn upp Ollum kostna9i. 
 
 18. Um haustit at \etrn6ttum var bltitveizla a" Lo8om, ok 
 s6tti bartil konungr. Hann hafSi jafnan fyrr verit vanr, ef 
 hann var staddr bar sem b!6t v^ro, at matast i litlu hiisi me5 
 fa menn; en boendr toldo at bvf, er hann sat eigi i ha"?feti 
 sino, ba" er mestr var mannfagnadr; sag5i jarl, at hann skyldi 
 eigi ba" sv^i gera, var ok svA at konungr sat i ha"sa3ti sino. 
 En er et fyrsta full var skenkt, ha" maBlti SigurSr jarl fyrir, 
 ok signaSi 65ni, ok drakk af horninu til konrtngs; konungr 
 t6k vi5, ok gerSi krossmark yfir: ba" maBlti Ka"rr af Gratingi:
 
 95 
 
 hvi ferr konungrinn nii svA? vill hann eigi enn biota? SigurSr 
 jarl svarar: konungr gerir svA, sem beir allir, er triia i mitt 
 sinn ok megin, ok signa full sitt t*6r; hann ger8i hamarsmark 
 yfir, i8r hann drakk. Var bi kyrt um kveldit. Eplir um da- 
 ginn, er menn gengo til bor8a, ha" busto bcendr at konungi, 
 sOg5u at pi skyldi hann eta brossaslitr; konungr vildi Jtat firir 
 engan mun. fa bi8u beir hann drekka so5it; hann vildi bat 
 eigi. Pi bi8o beir hann eta flotit; hanu vildi bat ok eigi; 
 [ok var bi vi3 atgOngu buit. 
 
 [Jarl kvaSst vildu sretta bi, ok baS bi hretta storminom, 
 ok ba3 hann konting gina yfir ketilhodduna, er soSreykinn Iiaf3i 
 lagt upp af hrossaslitrino , ok var smjOrug haddan; \)& gekk 
 konungr til, ok bra" lindiik um hodduna, ok gein yfir, ok gekk 
 si<5an til hisastis, ok Iika9i hvarigom vel. 
 
 19. Um vetrinn eptir var buit til jolaveizlo konungi inn 
 i Moeri ; en er atlei5 jolunom, Iog3o beir stefno me9 ser itta 
 hofQingjar, er mest reSo i'yrir blotum i Ollum PnendalOgurn ; 
 beir vAro 4 utan or I J randheimi: Kirr af Grytingi ok AsbjOrn 
 af MeQalhiisum, I*6rbergr af Varnesi, Ormr af Ljoxu; en af 
 Innl>ra?ndom B6I61IV af Olvishaugi, Narfi afStaf i Veradal, ]>randr 
 haka af Eggjo, Ptirir skegg af Husaboi^f eynni IbVi: jiessir 8 
 menn bundust i bvi, at Jieir fjorir af [Otjinendom skyldu ey5a 
 kristninni, en Jieir fjorir af Innjra3ndom skyldu neyda koniing 
 til biota. Utpraandir f6ro 4 skipom su8r a Moeri, ok drdpo 
 Jar presta 3, ok brenndo kirkjor 3, [f6ro aptr si5an. En er 
 Ilakon konungr ok Sigur8r jarl komu inn i Moeri rneS hir5 
 sina, l>a vAro bar bccndr komnir allfjolniennt. Ilinn fyrsta dag 
 at veizlonni [veitto bicndr, konungi algOngo, ok ba"9o hann 
 b!6ta, en heto hAnom afarkostom ella ; Sigur5r jarl bar ba sitt- 
 mal i millom beirra, kOmr })i svA at Hikon konungr it nok- 
 kura bita af hrosslifr; drakk hann bi Oil minni krossalaust, 
 bau er bcendr skenkto hAnom. 
 
 En er veizlo bessarri var lokit, f6r konungr ok jarl begar 
 lit a Hla9ir; var konungr allukatr, ok bjost Jiegar i brott me5 
 Ollu H9i sfno or Prindheimi , [ok malti svA, at hann skyldi 
 fjolmennari koma i IVindheim annat sinn, ok gjalda brindom 
 J)enua Ijandskap, er ]>eir hflfSo til bans gert. SigurSr jarl 
 ba5 koniing gefa trap-ndom petta eigi at sOk; segir svA at kon- 
 ungi muni eiga pat duga at heitast eor herja i innanlands 
 folk, [}>ar sem mestr styrkr er landsins, sem i I'rindheimi 
 var. Konungr var bi svA rei8r, at eigi mitti or8om vi3 hann 
 koma; for hann i brott or IVmdheimi, ok su8r i Moeri; dval-
 
 96 
 
 dial bar um vetrinn ok um va"rit. En er sumraSi dr6 hann 
 Ii8 at ser, ok v&ro bau or3 a", at hann mundi fara meS her 
 bann & hendr brsendom. 
 
 20. [fldkon koniingr var ha" & skip kominn, ok hafSi 115 
 mikit; pa" koma ha"nom tidindi sunnan or landi, bau at synir 
 Eiriks konungs varo komnir sunnan af DanmOrk i Vikina; ok 
 pat fylgSi, at beir hoi'5o elt af skipom Tryggva konung Olafs- 
 son austr vi9 S6tanes; hoffto beir ba vi9a herjat i Vikinni, ok 
 hoffto margir menu undir ha" gengit. En er koniingr spur3i 
 bessi tiftindi, b6ttist hann Ii5s burfa, sendi hann ha" or8 Sig- 
 ur<5i jarli, at koma til sin, ok sva 1 oSrum hOfSingjom, beim er 
 h^nom var Ii8s at van. SigurSr jarl kom til Hdkonar konungs, 
 ok hafSi allmikit Ii3; varo bar ha" allir PrsBndir, beir er um 
 vetrinn hof9o mest gengit at kominginom, at pynda hann til 
 b!6ta; varo beir bd allir [i saBtt teknir af fortolum SigurSar 
 jarls. 
 
 JHannjafna^r mc3 kouungum. 
 
 Eysteinn konungr ok SigurSr koniingr f6ro einn vetr 
 at veizlom d UpplOndom, ok a"tti sin bii hvdrr beirra; en er 
 skamt var milli beirra bosja, er komingar skyldo veizlor taka, 
 ba gerSu menn bat r&9, at beir skyldu bciSir vera samt at 
 veizlonom, ok sino sinni at hv&rs buum ; varo J^eir fyrst ba^er 
 samt at \wi biii, er Eysteinn konungr a"tti. En of kveldit, er 
 menn t6ku at drekka, ha" var munngat ekki gott, ok vro menn 
 hlj63er. Pd ma3lli Eysteinn konungr: [1*6 ero menn hljo5er! 
 hitt er 5lsi9r meiri, at menn geri ser gle9i; fdm oss olteiti 
 nOkkura, man ba enu dreitast gaman manna. Sigur8r br68ir! 
 Pat mun Ollum sosmst jjykkja, at vi3 hefim nOkkurar skemt- 
 unarroeSur. SigurSr konungr svarar heldr stygt: ver bu svd 
 malugr sem pii vill, en lit mik na" at pegja fyrir per! 
 
 Eysteinn konungr mashi: sd OlsiSr hefir opt verit, at menn 
 taka ser jafnaftarmenn, vil ek her svd vera Idta. Pd bagSe 
 SigurSr konungr. 
 
 Se ek, segir Eysteinn konungr, at [ek ver3 at hefja bessa 
 teiti; mun ek taka bik, br63er! til jafna5armanns mer: foeri 
 k bat til, at jafnt nafn hofom vi9 bdSer, ok jafna eign, geri 
 ek ok engi mun settar okkarrar e3a uppfoezlu. 
 
 H svarar SigurSr konungr: mantu pat eigi, er ek braut 
 bik a" bak, ef ek vilda, ok vartu vetri ellri!
 
 97 
 
 Eysteinn koiiiingr svaraSi: eigi man ek hitt si9r, er bu 
 fekkt ekki leikit, pat er mjiikleikr var i. 
 
 1'a m<rlti Sigur3r konungr: mantu hversu of suudet f6r 
 me6 okkr? ek mdtta kefja pik, ef ek vilda! 
 
 Eysteinn sagSi: ekki svam ek skemra en pii, ok eigi var 
 ek verr kafsyndr; ek kunna ok a" fsleggjom, sva" at engau 
 vissa ek, Jann [er kep5e vi9 mik, en pii kunnir pat eigi heldr 
 en naiii. 
 
 SigurSr konungr svarar: hoffiingligri iQrott ok uytsarnligri 
 J)ykki mer sii, at kunna vel vi8 boga; a3tla ek at pii nytir 
 eigi boga minn, J)6tto spyrnir fotom i. 
 
 Eysteinn segir: ekki em ek bogsterkr sva* sem pii, 
 eu minna mun skilja beinskeyti okkra, ok myklo kann ek 
 betr en {)ii a" skiQom, ok haffte pat enn [verit kallat fyrr 
 go5 i5rott. 
 
 Sigur5r segir: pess bykkir mikill munr, at bat er hOfSing- 
 ligra, at sa*^ er yfirrnaoY skal vera annarra manna, se mikill i 
 ilokki, sterkr ok vapnlberr betr en aQrir, auQsaar ok au5kendr, 
 pa er [inargir eru saman. 
 
 Eysteinn segir: eigi er pat si5r eiukanna hlutr, at ma5r 
 se friSr sanom, ok er sa ok auQkendr i mannfjolda, pikki mer 
 pat ok hofftingligt, pviat ft iQleikinom samir hinn bezti biinaQr. 
 Kami ek ok myklo betr til laga en biij ok sva\ hvat sem vi8 
 skolum tala, em ek myklo slettorQari. 
 
 SigurQr svarar: Vera kann at \>u baflr numit fleiri log- 
 pretto, jnlat ek atta \>& annat at starfa ; ok engi fryr per slett- 
 ma^lis, en hitt maela margir, at J>u ser ekki allfastorQr, ok JitiQ 
 mark se liverjo [>ii beitr, ok ma;lir eptir })eim er pa ero bja", 
 ok er pat ekki konunglikt. 
 
 Eysteinn svarar: ]>at herr til l^ess, er menu bera mil sin 
 fyrir mik, }>a hugsa ek pat fyrst, at liika svA livers maims 
 ma"li, at l>eim mteUi bezt }>ykkja; bd kemr opt annarr, si er 
 mal a" viS hann, \er5r pa" jafnan dregit til ok mi81at, sva" at 
 ba"5om skyldi Jika. Hitt er ok, at ek lieit pvf er ek em beftenn, 
 pviat ek vilda, at allir fouri fegnir af minom funde ; se ek hinn 
 kost, ef ek vil hafa sem pii gerir, at heita Ollurn illu, en engi 
 heyri ek efndanna i'ryja. 
 
 Sigur9r svarar: pat hefir verit mil manna, at fer8 sii er 
 ek f6r or lande va3ii heldr hof5inglig, en bu sazt heima inedan, 
 sem d6ltir fc)9ur l>ins. 
 
 Eysteinn svarar: nii greiptu a" kylino! eigi mynda ek bessa 
 r(c9o vekja, ef ek kynna her engu [um at svara: na3r b6tti 
 
 Icelandic Grammar. 7
 
 98 
 
 mer hino, at ek ger5a pik heiman sem systor mfna, a8r bu 
 yr9ir btiinn til fararinnar. 
 
 Sigur8r svarar: heyrt muntu bat hafa, at ek a"tta orrostor 
 margar i Serklandi, ok fekk i Ollum sigr, ok margskonar gjOr- 
 simar, baer er eigi hafa slikar komit hingat i land*, p6tta ek 
 }>ar mest verSr, er ek fann gtffgasta menn, en ek hygg, at 
 eigi hafir bti enn [hleypt heimdreganom. F6r ek til J6rsala, 
 segir hann, ok kom ek vi5 Ptil, ok sa" ek big eigi par, broclir! 
 Ek gaf konimgd6m Rodgeiri jarli hinom rika; vann ek atta 
 orrostor, ok vartu at aungarri. F6r ek til grafar drottins, ok 
 sa ek big eigi bar, br69ir! For ek i a"na Jorddn, bar sem 
 drottinn [var skir9r i, ok svam ek tit yfir a"na, ok sa ek big 
 eigi bar, [en lit a" bakkanom var kjarr nOkkut 1 , ok knytta ek 
 ber f>ar kntit a kjarrino, ok bi9r bin bar; [ok mselta ek sv 
 fyrir, at bu skylder leysa, broker! eSa hala ellar bvilikan for- 
 mdla, sem bar var alagftr. 
 
 l*a" ma3lti Eysleinn koniingr: smatt mnn ek hafa herimoti: 
 Nor3r i V^gom setta ek fiskimannabii5ir, at fa"toekir menn maetti 
 na^rast til lifshja"lpar, ok setta ek bar prestvisf, ok lagfta ek fe 
 til kirkju beirrar, er nciliga var allt hei9it a9r; mAno befr 
 menn muna, at Eysteinn koniingr hefir verit i Noregi. Um 
 Dofra fjall var f5r or frdndheimi ; ur5o menn bar jafnan titi, 
 ok foro bar margir menn hOr9om fOrum, let ek bar SBelohiis 
 gera, ok fe tilleggja, ok munu beir vita, at Eysteinn koniingr 
 hefir verit i Noregi. Fyrir Ag5anesi voru draft ok hafnleysi T 
 f6rust mOrg skip; bar er mi hofn ger ok gott skipalsegi, ok 
 kirkja gjOr. Si5an let ek vita gera i haTjOllom; nti munu pessa 
 nj6ta allir menn innanlands. Hollina let ek gera i BjOrgyn 
 ok postulakirkju ok ri5 milli ; munu konungar peir muna nafn 
 mitt, er eptir koma. Mikjalskirkju let ek gera ok mtinklifi; 
 skipaSa et ok lOgonom, br63ir, at hverr mselti hafa rettindi vi5 
 annan, ok ef bau ero haldin, ba" mun betr fara landsstjornin. 
 StOpulinn let ek gera i Sinh6lmssundi. feim jamtom hofom 
 ver ok siiiiit undir petta rfki, meir rneft bliQom or9om ok viti 
 en meS agdng e5r 6fri5i. Nti er betta sma'tt at telja, en egi 
 veit ek vist at landsbuunom se betta 6hallkva3mara , en bolt 
 bu brytja9ir bla"menn fyrir fjandann [a" Serklandi, ok hrapa 
 peim svA til helvitis. En bar sem pti hrosaQir g69gerningom 
 pinom, a3tla ek mer eigi minna til s,11ub6tar staSi p?i, er ek 
 let setja hreinlifismOnnum. En par sern pti reitt mer knutinn, 
 ok mun ek pann eigi leysa, en ri9a matta ek per pann kntit, 
 [ef ek vilda, at pti va3rir aldregi kontingr i Noregi, p1 er pti
 
 99 
 
 sigldir einskipa i her minn, er bii komt i land. Lit! nu viltrir 
 menu hvat bii hefir umfram, ok vita skulut J)er bat, gullhals- 
 arnir, at menu nmno enn jafnast viS i<5r i Noregi. Eptir pat 
 bOgnuSo peir ba3er, ok var hvdrtveggi rei8r. Fleiri lutir ur8o 
 beir i skiptom peirra brceSra, er bat fanst, at hv&rr dr6 sik 
 frarn ok silt mdl, ok vildi vera (iSrom meiri, en p6 helzt friQr 
 [millum peirra, me5an beir lifQo. 
 
 Af Njalssaga. 
 
 Gunnarr a Hlidarcnda. 
 
 19... Gunnarr Ha"mundarson bj6 at Hliftarenda i Flj6ts- 
 hli9; hann var mikill ma5r vexti ok sterkr, [manna bezt vigr: 
 hann hjo ba^um hOndum ok skaut, ef hann vildi, ok hann 
 vA svA skj6tt me5 sverQi', at brjiii b6ttu d lopti at sjd; hann 
 skaut manna bezt af boga, ok hrefSi allt bat er bann skaut 
 til; hann hljop meir en bscQ sina me8 ollum herklcccwm, ok 
 eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik; hann var syndr sem selr; 
 ok eigi var sa leikr, er riokkurr J)yrfli vi8 hann at keppa; 
 ok hefir svft verit sagt, at eingi v*ri bans jafningi. Hann var 
 vsenn at yfirlitum ok Ijos-litaoV, rett-nefjaSr ok hafit upp i fra- 
 manvert, bldeygr ok snareygr, ok ro8i i kinnunum, h1rit mikit, 
 ok for vel ok vel litt; manna kurteisastr var hann, harSgjOrr 
 i Ollu, femildr ok stiltr vel, vinfastr ok vinavandr; hann var 
 vel auQigr at fe; br69ir bans bet Kolskeggr, hann var mikill 
 ma<5r ok sterkr, drengr g63r ok Oruggr i Ollu. Annarr br68ir 
 bans bet Hjorlr, bann var pa" i bernsku. .. 
 
 20... Nj^ll bj6 at Bergb6rshvali i Landeyjum, annat bii 
 ^itti hann i tdrflfsfelli. NjAll var vel au8igr at fe ok vnn 
 at dliti, hAnom vox eigi skegg. Hann var lOgmaSr svA mikill, 
 at eingi fannst bans jafningi; vitr var hann ok forspar, heil- 
 ra8r ok goftgjarn, ok var8 allt at ra5i, pat er hann re8 mOn- 
 num, b6gva3rr ok drenglyndr; hann leysti hvers manns vandraiQi, 
 er & bans fund kom. Berg})6ra het kona bans, hon var Skar- 
 phe9ins d6ttir, kvennskOriingr mikill ok drengr g68r, ok nokkut 
 skaphGrft ; }>au attu 6 bOru, doetr prjdr ok sonu prjri, ok koma 
 peir allir vi9 }jessa sOgu si8an. 
 
 25... Nu skal nefna sonu Nj^ls: SkarpheSinn het hinn 
 
 7*
 
 100 
 
 ^Izti, hann var mikill maBr vexti ok styrkr, vel vigr, syndr 
 sem sir, manna f6tlivatastr, ok skj6tr ok Oruggr, gagnorBr ok 
 skj6torBr, ok skald gott, en ])6 laungum vel stiltr; hann var 
 jarpr 3 heir, ok sveipr i hcirinu, augBr vel, folleitr ok skarpleitr, 
 liBr a nefi, ok M halt tanngarBrinn, munnlj6tr mjok, ok J)6 
 manna hermannligstr. Grimr het annarr son Njals, hann var 
 friBr Seinum, ok hserBr vel, dokkr & htfr, ok friBari sanum en 
 SkarpheBinn, mikill ok sterkr. Helgi het inn briBi son Njals, 
 hann var friBr synum ok ha3rBr vel, hann var styrkr maBr ok 
 vigr vel, hann var vitr maBr ok stiltr vel; allir varu beir 6k- 
 vangaBir synir Njals. HOskuldr het hinn fj6rBi son Njals, hann 
 var laungetinn, m6Bir bans var Hr6Bny, ok var HOskulds dottir, 
 systir Ingjalds fr$ Keldum. 
 
 33. Gunnarr rei5 ok beir allir, en er beir komu & ping, 
 b varu peir sva vel biinir, at Ongir voru bar jafnvel bunir, 
 ok lorn menn lit or hverri bii9 at undrast \)&. Gunnarr rei9 
 til bu9ar RSngseinga, ok var bar me9 fraendum si num. Mar- 
 gir menn f6ru at finna Gunnarr, ok spyrja hann ti5inda; hann 
 var viB alia menn lettr ok k^itr, ok sag5i Ollum slikt. er vildu. 
 
 Pat var einn dag, er Gunnarr gekk fr& kigbergi, hann 
 gekk fyrir mosfellfngabuft, hi s hann kono fara i moti ser, 
 ok var vel biiin, en er bau fundust, kvaddi hon begar Gunnar, 
 hann tok vel kveSju hennar, ok spyrr hvat kvenna hon va3ri. 
 Hon nefndist HallgerSr, ok kvaBst vera d6ttir Hoskulds Dal- 
 akollssonar; hon mselti til bans djarfliga, ok baB segja ser fr^ 
 ferSum sinum, en hann kvaBst ekki varna mundu henni mals; 
 settust |)au b^ ni9r, ok tOluBu. Hon var svA biiin, at hon var 
 i rauBu kyltli, ok hafBi yfir ser skallazskikkju [hlaBbuna i skaut 
 niBr; hirit t6k ofan d bringu henni, ok var bffiBi mikit ok 
 fagrt. Gunnarr var i skallazkl*9um, er Haraldr komingr Gorms- 
 son gaf hanum; hann hafBi ok gullhring d hendi, bann er 
 H^kon jarl gaf hAnum. 
 
 Pau tOluBu lengi h^itt, par kom er hann spurBi, hvart 
 hon va3ri 6gefin. Hon sagBi at sva va3ri: ok er pat [ekki 
 margra at haetta d bat. Pikki per hvergi fullkosta? Eigi er 
 bat, segir hon, en mannvOnd mun ek vera. Hversu munt bii 
 svara, ef ek biB bin? l*at man her ekki i hug, segir hon. 
 Eigi er bat, segir hann. Ef her er nokkurr hugr a\ b3 finn 
 bii foBur minn. SiBan skildu bau talit. 
 
 Gunnarr gekk begar til buBar Dalamanna, ok fann mann 
 liti fyrir buBinni, ok spyrr hvart Hoskuldr va3ri i buB; s^i segir 
 at hann va3ri i buB ; gekk b Gunnarr inn. Hoskuldr ok Rutr
 
 101 
 
 I6ku vel vi8 Gunnari, harm settist ni8r & meSal beirra, ok 
 fanrist bat ekki f tali jieirra, at bar helfti missaelti verit i mefal. 
 Par kom ni9r roe9a Gunnars, hversu J>cir brneQr munclu bvi 
 svara, ef bann beeSi Hallgerdar. Vel segir Hoskuldr, cf her er 
 bat alugat. Gunnarr segir ser bat alvOru: en s\& skildu ver 
 nacslum, at morgum mundi bat ]>ikkja likligt, at her mundi 
 ekki samband verSa. Hversu Hzt ber, Rutr frandi? segir IIOs- 
 kuldr. Rutr svaraQi : ekki bikki mer bella jafnraeSi. Hvat 
 finnr bu til bess? segir Gunnarr. Riitr nitclti: bvi mnn ek 
 svara Jier urn betta, er salt er; bu ert ma9r vaskr, ok vel 
 at ber, en hon er blandin mjok, ok vil ek bik i Ongu svikja. 
 Vel man ber fara, segir Gunnarr, en |>6 mun ek bat fyrir salt 
 hafa, at ber vir5it i fornan fjandskap, ef j)er vilit eigi gera 
 mer kostinn. Eigi er bat, segir Rutr; meir er hitt, at ek se 
 at bu m;Ut nu ekki viSgera; en b6tt ver kaupim eigi, ba vil- 
 dim ver b6 vera vinir binir. Ek hefi talat vi9 hana, segir 
 Gunnarr, ok er bat ekki fjarri hennar skapi. Rutr meelti: 
 veil ek at b,1flum er betta girnda rd9, ha3ttit j)it ok mestu til, 
 hversu ferr. 
 
 Rutr sag8i Gunnari tifregit allt um skapferSi HallgerSar, 
 ok b6tti Gunnari fyrst oerit mart, |iat er a"fa"U var, en par kom 
 si8ar, at saman dr6 kaupmdla me9 peim. Var pa" sent eptir 
 HallgerSi, var pd talat um m^lit, svA at hon var vi3. Letu 
 beir nii sem fyrr, at hon festi sik sjalf; skyldi betta bo9 vera 
 at HU5arenda, ok skyldi fara fyrst leyniliga, en b6 kom bar, 
 er allir vissu. 
 
 Gunnarr rei5 heim af biugi, ok kom til Bergbtirshvol?, ok 
 sagSi Njali fr1 kaupum sinum ; hann t6k pessu piingliga. Gun- 
 narr spyrr hvi Nja"li b6tti petta svA urdSligt? t*viat af henni 
 man standast allt it ilia, er hon kemr austr hingat, segir Njdll. 
 Aldri skal hon spilla okkru vinfengi, segir Gunnarr. I*at man 
 })6 [svA na?r fara, segir Njall, en j)6 mant pii jafnan boeta fyrir 
 henni. Gunnarr baud \j;ili til bo5s ok Ollum beim badan, sem 
 bann vildi at foeri. Njall het at fara. SiSan rei9 Gunnarr 
 heim, ok rei3 um hera5it, at bj65a mOnnum.
 
 PART IV. 
 
 Modern Icelandic. 
 
 This part has been added for Travellers and for practical 
 purposes; and will, it is hoped, be a welcome assistant for 
 travellers in Iceland. 
 
 The Modern Orthography and Grammar is the same as 
 the ancient, except k, which |is in modern orthography fre- 
 quently changed into the softer g, and f, which is frequently 
 changed into 5. 
 
 Modern Icelandic. 
 
 For Travellers. 
 1. Alphabetical Vocabulary. 
 
 accept 
 
 ganga a9 
 
 afternoon 
 
 si5ari hluti 
 
 acceptable 
 
 aftgengilegur 
 
 
 dags. 
 
 accommodate 
 
 utvega 
 
 again 
 
 aptur 
 
 can you accom- 
 
 geti5 be> ut- 
 
 age 
 
 aid UP 
 
 modate me 
 
 vega5 me"r 
 
 agent 
 
 umbo5sma8ur 
 
 account 
 
 reikningur 
 
 air 
 
 lopt 
 
 give me my ac- 
 
 gefi 8 mer reikn- 
 
 ale 
 
 01 
 
 count 
 
 inginn minn 
 
 a glass of ale 
 
 glas af (ili 
 
 I admire 
 
 eg ddist ad 
 
 all 
 
 allur 
 
 advice 
 
 ra5 
 
 not at all 
 
 alls eigi 
 
 give me your 
 
 gefiS me"r y5ar 
 
 nothing at all 
 
 alls ekkert 
 
 advice 
 
 rSQ 
 
 alone 
 
 einn, aleinn 
 
 after 
 
 eptir 
 
 also 
 
 lika
 
 103 
 
 altogether 
 
 allir saman, 
 
 bath 
 
 ba8 
 
 
 alveg 
 
 I want a bath 
 
 eg vil fa 
 
 always 
 
 alltaf 
 
 
 ba8 
 
 and 
 
 og 
 
 to be 
 
 a8 vera 
 
 angler 
 
 iinglari 
 
 be quick 
 
 veri8 flj6tur 
 
 animal 
 
 dyr 
 
 let it be 
 
 Iati8 j>a8 
 
 to answer 
 
 a8 svara 
 
 
 vera 
 
 answer me 
 
 GjOri8 svo vel 
 
 because 
 
 af pvia8 
 
 please 
 
 a8 svara m6r 
 
 bed 
 
 rum 
 
 answer slowly 
 
 svari8 seint 
 
 give me a bed 
 
 Iati8 mig fa 
 
 apartment 
 
 herbergi 
 
 
 rum 
 
 have you an 
 
 hafi8 per her- 
 
 I go to bed 
 
 eg fera8hStta 
 
 apartment to 
 
 bergi til 
 
 beef 
 
 nautakjot 
 
 let? 
 
 leigu? 
 
 roast beef 
 
 i nautakjots- 
 
 apple 
 
 epli 
 
 beef steakes 
 
 l stejk 
 
 the arm 
 
 handleggurinn 
 
 beer 
 
 bjor 
 
 to arrive 
 
 a8 koma 
 
 I want some 
 
 eg vil & bj6r 
 
 to ascend 
 
 a8 fara uppa" 
 
 beer 
 
 
 I want to as- 
 
 eg vil fara 
 
 to beg 
 
 a3 biftja 
 
 cend the 
 
 uppa fjalli8 
 
 I beg of you 
 
 eg bi8 y8iir 
 
 mountain 
 
 
 behind 
 
 eptir 
 
 to ask 
 
 a8 spyrja, bi3ja 
 
 I left it be- 
 
 eg skildi pa8 
 
 ask him 
 
 spyrji8 haiin 
 
 hind 
 
 eptir 
 
 to assist 
 
 a8 hjiilpa 
 
 the bell 
 
 bjallan,klukkan 
 
 assist me 
 
 hjalpi8 i HIT 
 
 the bill 
 
 reikningurinn 
 
 at 
 
 i, * 
 
 to bind 
 
 a8 binda 
 
 at home 
 
 heima 
 
 bind it up 
 
 bindi8 ba8 
 
 at sea 
 
 5 sj6 
 
 
 upp 
 
 not at all 
 
 alls eigi 
 
 the bird 
 
 fuglinn 
 
 attendant 
 
 p6nari 
 
 can you tell 
 
 Geti8 per sagt 
 
 I want an at- 
 
 eg vil fa" ben- 
 
 me where to 
 
 m6r, hvar 
 
 tendant 
 
 ara 
 
 get board 
 
 in,i fa kost 
 
 back 
 
 aptur 
 
 and lodgings 
 
 og husuie8i? 
 
 let us go back 
 
 fOrum aptur, 
 
 boat 
 
 batur 
 
 ' 
 
 snuum aptur 
 
 book 
 
 b6k 
 
 bacon 
 
 flesk 
 
 bookseller 
 
 b6kasOluma8ur 
 
 bad 
 
 vondur 
 
 boot 
 
 stigvt-1 
 
 bandage 
 
 umbii8ir 
 
 I want my 
 
 eg barf a 8 f 
 
 bank 
 
 banki 
 
 boots mended 
 
 gjiirt vid slig- 
 
 bank note 
 
 bankase8ill 
 
 
 \rlin in in 
 
 banker 
 
 vixlari 
 
 brush my 
 
 bursta8u slig- 
 
 the barber 
 
 rakarinu 
 
 boots 
 
 vrlin min
 
 104 
 
 loot jack 
 
 stigve"la togari 
 
 candle 
 
 kerti 
 
 box 
 
 askja, kassi 
 
 I wanta 
 
 eg barf kerti 
 
 brandy 
 
 brennivin, ko- 
 
 candle 
 
 
 
 niakk 
 
 care 
 
 umhyggja, vari 
 
 I want some 
 
 egvilfa" brenn- 
 
 take care 
 
 takid vara 
 
 brandy 
 
 ivin 
 
 carriage 
 
 vagn 
 
 fill my flask 
 
 fyllift floskuna 
 
 to carry 
 
 a9 bera 
 
 with brandy 
 
 mina me9 
 
 carry this 
 
 beri5 betta 
 
 
 brennivini 
 
 cartridge 
 
 skotmanns ves- 
 
 bread 
 
 brau5 
 
 
 ki 
 
 breakfast 
 
 morgunver5ur 
 
 cattle 
 
 nautpeningur 
 
 I want to 
 
 eg vil fa" mor- 
 
 certain 
 
 viss 
 
 breakfast 
 
 gunver5 
 
 chair 
 
 sttill 
 
 bridge 
 
 bru 
 
 chamber pot 
 
 nattpottur 
 
 bring 
 
 bera, fsera 
 
 change 
 
 skipti 
 
 bring me 
 
 fa3ri5 me"r 
 
 give me change 
 
 geu'5 mer 
 
 bring me some 
 
 fa3ri9 me"r 
 
 
 skipti 
 
 
 nokkuft 
 
 to charge 
 
 a9 setja upp, 
 
 a brush 
 
 bursti 
 
 
 heimta 
 
 brush my 
 
 burstiQ fotin 
 
 what do you 
 
 hva9 seti9 per 
 
 clothes 
 
 min 
 
 charge 
 
 upp? 
 
 but 
 
 en 
 
 cheap 
 
 od^r 
 
 butter 
 
 smjOr 
 
 cheese 
 
 ostur 
 
 to buy 
 
 a5 kaupa 
 
 chest 
 
 kista 
 
 by 
 
 hja, me5, af 
 
 - of drawers 
 
 dragkista 
 
 by and by 
 
 viflogvift, bra9- 
 
 chicken 
 
 hasnuungi, 
 
 
 um 
 
 
 kjuklingiir 
 
 by all means 
 
 fyrir alia muni 
 
 child 
 
 barn 
 
 by no means 
 
 fyrir engan 
 
 church 
 
 kirkja 
 
 
 mun, engan 
 
 chymist 
 
 efnafraftingur 
 
 
 veginn 
 
 cigar 
 
 vindill 
 
 cabbage 
 
 kal 
 
 city 
 
 ba3r, slafiur 
 
 cabbin 
 
 kahetta 
 
 clean 
 
 hreinn 
 
 to call 
 
 a5 kalla 
 
 cloak 
 
 k^pa 
 
 call the wai- 
 
 kalli8 a bjon- 
 
 clock 
 
 klukka 
 
 ter 
 
 inn 
 
 closet 
 
 afhus 
 
 call the man 
 
 kallifta'mann- 
 
 coach 
 
 vagn 
 
 
 inn 
 
 coat 
 
 frakki 
 
 what do you 
 
 hva9 kalliS 
 
 coffee 
 
 kaffi 
 
 call thatl 
 
 b6r ba9? 
 
 give me some 
 
 gefiS m6r 
 
 can 
 
 a5 geta, eg get 
 
 coffee 
 
 kaffi 
 
 can you 
 
 geti5 J)6r? 
 
 coffee-house 
 
 kaffihus
 
 105 
 
 n//,/ kaldur 
 
 at day break i dtigun 
 
 / feel very mr er mji)g 
 
 dear d^r 
 
 cold kalt 
 
 this is very ])etta er mjOg 
 
 comb kambur 
 
 dear dyrt 
 
 to come a9 koma 
 
 delightful yndislegur 
 
 come here komi9 he> 
 
 dentist tannlxknir 
 
 come with me komi9 me9 
 
 departure burtfor 
 
 mr 
 
 descend fara ni9ur 
 
 a conveyance flutningur 
 
 let us descend forum ni9ur 
 
 to cook a9 elda 
 
 dialect mallVzka 
 
 cost kosta 
 
 what dialect hva9a ma*llyzku 
 
 what does it bva9 kostar 
 
 do they speak tala |>eir 
 
 cost? ba9 
 
 here? her? 
 
 country land 
 
 difficult Or9ugur 
 
 courier hra9sendibo9i 
 
 dinner mi9dagsver9ur 
 
 cow k^r 
 
 / want to eg vil la" mi9- 
 
 cream rjoini 
 
 dine dagsver9 
 
 give me some gefi9 m6r 
 
 distance fjarlseg9, vega- 
 
 cream rj6ma 
 
 lengd 
 
 cup bolli 
 
 what is the hva9 er vega- 
 
 cupandsaucer bolli og un- 
 
 distance? lengdin? 
 
 dirskal 
 
 to do a9 gjOra 
 
 fo cut a9 skera 
 
 do this gj<)ri9 ]>etta 
 
 CM* # a9 skera bad 
 
 do that gjOrift hitt 
 
 dawip rakur, votur 
 
 do it gjUri9 |>a9 
 
 / hope the eg vona, a9 
 
 do me gji)ri9 fyrir mig 
 
 sheets arenot rekkvo9irnar 
 
 dont do it gjOri9ba9ekki 
 
 damp se ekki rakar 
 
 the doctor heknirinn 
 
 danish danska 
 
 do^ hundur 
 
 do you speak tali9berdOns- 
 
 door dyr 
 
 danish ku? 
 
 to doubt a9 efa 
 
 what is that hva9 er ba9 
 
 / doubt it eg efa j>a9 
 
 called in da- kallad a* 
 
 down ni9ur 
 
 nish diinsku? 
 
 let us go down forum ni9ur 
 
 / do not speak eg tala ekki 
 
 drawers nasrbuxur 
 
 d,anish dtinsku 
 
 to dress a9 kloe9a sig 
 
 / understand eg skil daliti9 
 
 to drink a9 drekka 
 
 a little da- i dOnsku 
 
 / want to eg vil fa a9 
 
 Mtlft 
 
 drink drekka 
 
 dark dimmur 
 
 dry bur 
 
 day dagur 
 
 each hver 
 
 to-day i dag 
 
 ea^fe Orn
 
 106 
 
 early 
 
 snemma 
 
 field 
 
 engi 
 
 earth 
 
 jOr8 
 
 finger 
 
 flngur 
 
 east 
 
 austur 
 
 fire 
 
 eldur 
 
 east wind 
 
 austanvindur 
 
 let us make 
 
 kveykjum upp 
 
 easy 
 
 au8veldur, hse- 
 
 a fire 
 
 eld 
 
 
 gur 
 
 I want some 
 
 eg vil f& eld 
 
 to eat 
 
 a8 eta, bor8a 
 
 fire 
 
 
 I want to 
 
 eg vil fa a8 
 
 a fish 
 
 fiskur 
 
 eat 
 
 bor3a 
 
 to fish 
 
 aft fiska 
 
 let us eat 
 
 latum oss 
 
 let us catch a 
 
 la turn oss 
 
 
 bor8a 
 
 fish 
 
 veifta fisk 
 
 have you any- 
 
 hafi5 her nokk- 
 
 my fishing rod 
 
 fiskistOngin 
 
 thing to eat ? 
 
 u<5 a5 
 
 
 min 
 
 
 bor8a? 
 
 flask 
 
 flaska, pu5ur- 
 
 m 
 
 egg 
 
 
 horn 
 
 give me two 
 
 gefi8 mer tv5 
 
 fog 
 
 poka 
 
 W 
 
 egg 
 
 foot 
 
 f6tur 
 
 to engage 
 
 a8 festa 
 
 my foot is 
 
 f6turinn a m6r 
 
 engage a guide 
 
 festa fylgdar- 
 
 sore 
 
 er viQkvoemur 
 
 
 mann 
 
 for 
 
 bvia9 
 
 enough 
 
 nog 
 
 fork 
 
 gaffall 
 
 evening 
 
 kvOld 
 
 free 
 
 frjals 
 
 every 
 
 s6rhver 
 
 fruit 
 
 ivOxtur 
 
 every day 
 
 s6rhvern dag 
 
 full 
 
 fullur 
 
 eye 
 
 auga 
 
 game 
 
 vei8i 
 
 my eye pains 
 
 mer er illt i 
 
 its there any 
 
 er nokkur- 
 
 
 auganu 
 
 game here! 
 
 veifti h6r 
 
 face 
 
 andlit 
 
 german 
 
 byzkur 
 
 far 
 
 langt 
 
 to get 
 
 a8 fa, utvega 
 
 is it far from 
 
 er ba8 langt 
 
 get me 
 
 iitvegi8 m6r 
 
 here? 
 
 h68an? 
 
 get it 
 
 fitvegi8 pa8 
 
 how far is it 
 
 bva8 langt er 
 
 gin 
 
 einirberja- 
 
 from here? 
 
 ba8 began? 
 
 
 brennivin 
 
 a farm 
 
 baer 
 
 to give 
 
 a8 gefa 
 
 fast 
 
 flj6tt 
 
 give me 
 
 gefl8 mer 
 
 go faster 
 
 gangi8 fljolar 
 
 give it 
 
 gefi8 ba8 
 
 do not speak 
 
 tali8 ekki 
 
 a glass 
 
 glas 
 
 so fast 
 
 svona flj6tt 
 
 to go 
 
 a8 ganga, fara, 
 
 faster 
 
 fljdtar 
 
 
 koma 
 
 fellow 
 
 ma8ur 
 
 go with me 
 
 komi8 me8 
 
 you are a good 
 
 b6r eru8 g68- 
 
 
 mer 
 
 fellow 
 
 ur ma8ur 
 
 go away 
 
 fari8 i burtu
 
 107 
 
 go back 
 
 fariS aptur 
 
 head 
 
 hofu3 
 
 go down 
 
 farifl ni8ur 
 
 to hear 
 
 a8 heyra 
 
 go up 
 
 fari8 upp 
 
 do you hear? 
 
 heyri3[>er 
 
 good 
 
 g63ur 
 
 heart 
 
 hjarta 
 
 very good 
 
 miki3 g68ur 
 
 heat 
 
 lull 
 
 better 
 
 betri 
 
 great heat 
 
 mikill liiii 
 
 best 
 
 beztur 
 
 heavy 
 
 bungur 
 
 be so good 
 
 veri3 svo g68- 
 
 height 
 
 haeS 
 
 
 ur 
 
 what is the 
 
 hva8 er 
 
 have the good- 
 
 gjtirff svo vel 
 
 height 
 
 haj8in? 
 
 ness 
 
 
 help 
 
 bjalp 
 
 great 
 
 mikill 
 
 help me 
 
 hjSIpff me> 
 
 a great deal 
 
 mikill liluii 
 
 give me a help 
 
 veiti8 m6r 
 
 gun 
 
 byssa 
 
 
 hj.ilp 
 
 give me my 
 
 faff mer bys- 
 
 hen 
 
 li.i'iui 
 
 gun 
 
 suna mina 
 
 here 
 
 her 
 
 where is my 
 
 hvar er byssan 
 
 come here 
 
 komi3 he> 
 
 gun? 
 
 min? 
 
 high 
 
 bar 
 
 powder 
 
 pu8ur 
 
 how high is 
 
 hva8 hdtt er 
 
 
 
 it? 
 
 ba3? 
 
 hair 
 
 bar 
 
 hill 
 
 hae8 
 
 hair brush 
 
 hdrbursti 
 
 to hire 
 
 a3 leigja 
 
 half 
 
 hdlfur 
 
 to hold 
 
 a3 balda 
 
 ham 
 
 hangi8 svfns- 
 
 hold this 
 
 haldi3 a j>essu 
 
 
 lasri 
 
 home 
 
 heimili 
 
 hand 
 
 bond 
 
 is this your 
 
 er betta y8ar 
 
 give me your 
 
 gefi8 m6r hi)" 11 
 
 home? 
 
 heimili? 
 
 hand 
 
 y8ar d() 
 
 honest 
 
 ra3vandur 
 
 hand it me 
 
 rettff m6r b 
 
 I want an ho- 
 
 eg vil fa" r^8- 
 
 handkerchief 
 
 vasakliitur 
 
 nest fellow 
 
 vandanmann 
 
 handsome 
 
 fallegur 
 
 horse 
 
 hestur 
 
 harbour 
 
 hofn 
 
 horseshoe 
 
 skeifa 
 
 hard 
 
 har8ur 
 
 hot 
 
 heitur 
 
 hare 
 
 heri 
 
 it is very hot 
 
 }>a3 er miki8 
 
 harness 
 
 aktygi 
 
 
 heitt 
 
 hat 
 
 hattur 
 
 I want it hot 
 
 eg vil fd ba3 
 
 hatbox 
 
 battaskja 
 
 
 heitt 
 
 to have 
 
 a3 hafa 
 
 hotel 
 
 gestgjafahus 
 
 have you? 
 
 hafi8 b6r 
 
 hour 
 
 klukkustund 
 
 let me have. 
 
 Ia"ti8 mig hafa 
 
 house 
 
 bus 
 
 hay 
 
 bey 
 
 how 
 
 hversu 
 
 he 
 
 bann 
 
 how much 
 
 hversu miki3
 
 108 
 
 hunger hungur 
 
 do you know viti8 J>er 
 
 hungry hungra5ur 
 
 lake vatn 
 
 / ant hungry eg er hung- 
 
 lamp lampi 
 
 ra9ur 
 
 ?f/ land 
 
 a km kofi 
 
 landlord Iuisb6ndi 
 
 Ice is 
 
 language tunga 
 
 Iceland Island 
 
 Lapland Lappland 
 
 an Icelander Islendingur 
 
 late seint 
 
 are you an eru5 per Is- 
 
 rt is very late pa9 er mjog 
 
 Icelanderl lendingur? 
 
 lava seint hraun. 
 
 do you speak talift p6r fs- 
 
 ?o lay a5 leggja 
 
 Icelandic ? lenzku ? 
 
 fey if down leggiS I)a8- 
 
 what do you hva9kalli5per 
 
 ni5ur 
 
 call this in betta & is- 
 
 ?/ down Ieggi9 ni9ur 
 
 icelandic! lenzku? 
 
 fo /earf a5 leiSa, liggja 
 
 if ef 
 
 does fAe way liggur vegur- 
 
 ill illt 
 
 /earf M/)? inn upp? 
 
 { f 1 f 1 mer er illt 
 
 lead to right Iei5a a rettan 
 
 / am ill ] 
 
 way veg 
 
 fetch a doctor saekiQ laeknir 
 
 left vinstri 
 
 in i, i 
 
 to the left til vinstri 
 
 in the city i bffinum 
 
 to let ad I;ila 
 
 in the country a landinu 
 
 let me alone latiS mig vera 
 
 indeed svo ! sannarlega 
 
 let it be IdtiS pa9 vera 
 
 the inn veitingahiis 
 
 ?ef me do it Iati5 mig gjOra 
 
 inn keeper veitingamaSur 
 
 pa3 
 
 ink blek 
 
 let it be done Iati5 paS vera 
 
 insect skorkvikindi 
 
 gjtirt 
 
 iron jam 
 
 Zeer bref 
 
 island ey 
 
 any letters for nokkur bref 
 
 it ba9 
 
 met til min? 
 
 to keep geyma 
 
 send the letter sendi5 brefi5 
 
 keep it for me geymi<5 ba5 
 
 to the Post a p6st hiisi5 
 
 fyrir mig 
 
 life Iff 
 
 key lykill 
 
 the light IjosiS 
 
 knife hnifur 
 
 bring a light komi5 me5 
 
 give me a Ij3i8 mer hnif 
 
 Ijos 
 
 knife 
 
 strike a light kveikiQ Ijos 
 
 where is my hvar er hnif- 
 
 light the candle kveikiS a kert- 
 
 knife? urinn minn 
 
 inu 
 
 to know aS vita, bekkja 
 
 like lika, pykja 
 
 / know eg veil 
 
 vsent um
 
 109 
 
 / should like m6r skyldi 
 
 ^it;c me some gHifi m6r 
 
 })ykja vjcnt 
 
 7fr nijolk 
 
 urn 
 
 w7/ mynla 
 
 linnen linfot 
 
 money peningar 
 
 wash my lin- })\oi5 IfnfOliii 
 
 moon m;ini, tungl 
 
 nen mm 
 
 7oor myri 
 
 / want my eg l>arf aft (A 
 
 more meira 
 
 linnen wash- linfotin min 
 
 more on(/ meira og^neira 
 
 ed immedi- l>vegiii undir- 
 
 more 
 
 ately eins 
 
 nosf mest 
 
 little litill 
 
 morning morgun 
 
 to live a8 lifa 
 
 mother m68ir 
 
 liver lifur 
 
 mucA, mikid 
 
 loaf hrau8 
 
 it is too much pa5erofmiki5 
 
 lock ls, skni 
 
 much more miki9 meira 
 
 lock the door I*si8 dyrunum 
 
 so much svo mikiQ 
 
 lodging leiguherbergi 
 
 must. v. aux. verSa, hljota 
 
 /on# langur, Icngi 
 
 you must do it ]ier ver5i8 a5 
 
 to look ad lila 
 
 gjOra pa8 
 
 looking glass spegill 
 
 mustard mustarQur 
 
 to lose a9 missa, tina 
 
 mutton sau8akjOt 
 
 / have lost eg hefi misst 
 
 my minn 
 
 have you lost ? hafiS p6r misst 
 
 natY nOyl 
 
 luggage farangur 
 
 name nafn 
 
 where is my hvar er fa- 
 
 what is your hva8 er nafn 
 
 luggage? rangurinn 
 
 name? y8ar? 
 
 minn? 
 
 my name is N. n afn mi tt er N 
 
 to make a8 gjOra 
 
 narrow prOngur 
 
 make haste flytift y8ur 
 
 nasty slffimur 
 
 man ma8ur 
 
 near naerri 
 
 many margur 
 
 it is near? er pa8 naerri? 
 
 market markaSur 
 
 necessary nauQsynlegur 
 
 me inig, m6r 
 
 needle ndl 
 
 meat kjot 
 
 neither hvorki 
 
 roast meat steikt kjot 
 
 neither-nor hvorki-n6 
 
 feoz'/erf meat so9i8 kjot 
 
 never aldrei 
 
 fo weef a5 mta 
 
 new nyr 
 
 meet me maetiQ m6r 
 
 news ti8indi 
 
 merchant kaupmaBur 
 
 next uaest 
 
 n?7fc iiijolk 
 
 night n6tt 
 
 have you any liafiS per nokk- 
 
 /as; night i gaurkvOldi 
 
 milk? ra mj61k 
 
 no engiun
 
 110 
 
 no one 
 
 enginn 
 
 pear 
 
 pera 
 
 nobody 
 
 enginn ma9ur 
 
 pen 
 
 penni 
 
 nr 
 
 nor9ur 
 
 penknife 
 
 pennahnifur 
 
 north wind 
 
 norSan vindur 
 
 pencil 
 
 ritbly 
 
 not 
 
 ekki 
 
 people 
 
 Iy5ur 
 
 not yet 
 
 ekki enn ]ia 
 
 pepper 
 
 pipar 
 
 now 
 
 mi 
 
 perhaps 
 
 ef til vill 
 
 oats 
 
 hafrar 
 
 person 
 
 ma8ur 
 
 to oblige 
 
 hjalpa um 
 
 a pin 
 
 tituprjonn 
 
 oblige me 
 
 hjlpi5 mer 
 
 pipe 
 
 pipa 
 
 
 um 
 
 pistol 
 
 smabyssa 
 
 ocean 
 
 haf 
 
 place 
 
 staQur 
 
 off 
 
 burtu 
 
 plate 
 
 diskur 
 
 far off 
 
 langt i burtu 
 
 poor 
 
 fatsekur, vesall 
 
 often 
 
 opt 
 
 pork 
 
 svinakjOt 
 
 oil 
 
 olia, lysi 
 
 porter 
 
 bur8arma9ur 
 
 old 
 
 gamall 
 
 portmanteau 
 
 fer<5ataska 
 
 omlet 
 
 eggjakaka 
 
 post 
 
 p6stur 
 
 on 
 
 a 
 
 where is the 
 
 hvar er p6st- 
 
 only 
 
 einungis 
 
 post office? 
 
 skrifstofan ? 
 
 open 
 
 opin ii 
 
 postage 
 
 burSareyrir 
 
 or 
 
 e9a 
 
 potatoe 
 
 jarSepli, kart- 
 
 an orange 
 
 apelsina 
 
 
 apla 
 
 other 
 
 annarr 
 
 powder 
 
 piiSur 
 
 the other man 
 
 hinnmaSurinn 
 
 pronounce 
 
 bera fram 
 
 the other day 
 
 um daginn 
 
 pronounce this 
 
 beriQberbetta 
 
 each other 
 
 hver annan 
 
 to me 
 
 fram lyrir mig 
 
 out 
 
 lit 
 
 provisions 
 
 matv?eli, nesti 
 
 out of 
 
 lit lir 
 
 to put 
 
 a5 setja 
 
 over 
 
 yfir 
 
 put it down 
 
 seti5pa3ni5ur 
 
 ox 
 
 uxi 
 
 put it there 
 
 seli5 ba5 
 
 to pack 
 
 a9 lata uppa" 
 
 
 barna 
 
 the mules 
 
 lilfaldarnir 
 
 quick 
 
 fljotur 
 
 paper 
 
 pappir 
 
 railway 
 
 jaYnbraut 
 
 to pay 
 
 a5 borga 
 
 rain 
 
 regn 
 
 I want to pay 
 
 eg a3tla a8 
 
 rain water 
 
 regnvatn 
 
 
 borga ? 
 
 it is a rainy 
 
 ba9 er rignin- 
 
 what have I 
 
 hvaS a" eg a<5 
 
 day 
 
 gar dagur i 
 
 to pay? 
 
 borga 
 
 
 dag 
 
 peak 
 
 tindur 
 
 rainy 
 
 regnlegur 
 
 can we ascent 
 
 getum vi8 fari9 
 
 will it rainl 
 
 ailar hann a3 
 
 the peak? 
 
 upp;i tindinn 
 
 
 rigna?
 
 Ill 
 
 raw hra"r 
 
 let us see Idtum oss >j,t 
 
 to read aft lesa 
 
 to send aft senda 
 
 read it to me lesift paft fyrir 
 
 send it away sendift baft i 
 
 mig 
 
 burtu 
 
 ready tilbiiinn 
 
 servant pjtiim 
 
 is every thing er allt tilbiiift? 
 
 /M sef aft setja 
 
 ready? 
 
 set it down setiftj>aftniftur 
 
 are you rea- eruft her til- 
 
 to sew aft sauma 
 
 dy? buinn 
 
 to shave aft raka 
 
 rest hvild 
 
 she hun 
 
 let us rest vift skulum 
 
 ship skip 
 
 here hvila herna 
 
 s/urf skirla 
 
 to return aft fara aptur 
 
 shoe sk6r 
 
 rich rikur 
 
 shoemaker sk6ari 
 
 n'rfe rifta 
 
 sicAr sjiikur 
 
 / u>z'W rufe eg vil rifta 
 
 to sit aft sitja 
 
 rifle kulubyssa 
 
 to sleep aft sofa 
 
 right reltur 
 
 sfegp svefn 
 
 is this right? er betta rett 
 
 slow seinn 
 
 is it the right er betta sa 
 
 $ma/2 lilill 
 
 way? retti vegur? 
 
 to smoak aft reykja 
 
 to the right til haegri 
 
 soap s;i|>;i 
 
 ripe broskaftur 
 
 soon br^lftuin 
 
 river a 
 
 N/V//: tala 
 
 road vegur 
 
 do you speafc talift b6r 
 
 ffa /M'giA road alfaravegur 
 
 english ? ensku ? 
 
 rough 6slettur 
 
 or french efta frakk- 
 
 a rough road 6slettur vegur 
 
 nesku 
 
 rum romm 
 
 or Icelandic efta fsleDzku 
 
 to run aft hlaupa 
 
 or danish? efta donsku? 
 
 saddle hnakkur, s05ull 
 
 7 rfo no? speak eg tala ekki 
 
 saddlebags hnakkpoki 
 
 / speak a little eg tala d;ilil ift 
 
 horse hestur 
 
 speak slowly talift hffigtji ;.j 
 
 salt salt 
 
 spoon skeift, sp6nn 
 
 have you any hafi9 b6r nokk- 
 
 steamer gufuskip 
 
 salt? u3 salt? 
 
 steel stal 
 
 sand sandur 
 
 stocking sokkur 
 
 to say a8 segja 
 
 stone stein n 
 
 the sea sj6rinn 
 
 s/rato str^ 
 
 the sea bird sjofuglinn 
 
 s/reef strati 
 
 the sea shore sjdfarstriindin 
 
 s*ron$f sterkur 
 
 to see aft sjd 
 
 stupid heimskur
 
 112 
 
 sugar sikur 
 
 towel handklaefti 
 
 sun s6l 
 
 town ba3r, staQur 
 
 supper kvoldverBur 
 
 travel fer5 
 
 sweet saetur 
 
 trowsers buxur 
 
 to swim aB synda 
 
 true sannur 
 
 table borB 
 
 trunk koffort 
 
 the tailor skraddarinn 
 
 under undir 
 
 to take aB taka 
 
 understand skilja 
 
 take me t 
 
 Iaki5 mig 
 
 do you under- skili3 ber mig ? 
 
 take it 
 
 takiB baB 
 
 stand me? 
 
 tea tevatn 
 
 I do not un- eg skil y3ur 
 
 a cup of tea 
 
 tevalnsbolli 
 
 derstandyou ekki 
 
 have you any hafiB ber nokk- 
 
 can you un- getiB ber 
 
 tea 
 
 uB tevatn 
 
 derstand? skiliB ? 
 
 hot tea 
 
 heilt tevatn 
 
 not much ekki roikiB 
 
 cold tea 
 
 kalt tevatn 
 
 only a little einungisdalit- 
 
 tea spoon 
 
 teskeiB 
 
 iS 
 
 to tell aB segja 
 
 until til 
 
 tell me 
 
 segiB mer 
 
 up upp 
 
 I tell you 
 
 eg segi yBur 
 
 Mp ^e ^?7/ upp haeBina 
 
 tent ijald 
 
 up the stream uppeptirflj<H- 
 
 thanks bakkir 
 
 inu 
 
 many thanks 
 
 margfaldar 
 
 upon a 
 
 
 bakkir 
 
 vegetables kalmeti 
 
 I thank you 
 
 eg bakka yBur 
 
 very m foo 
 
 that aB 
 
 the waiter bj6nniun 
 
 theatre leikhus 
 
 to walk aB ganga 
 
 then 
 
 )d 
 
 warm heitur 
 
 there 
 
 >ar 
 
 to wash aB bvo 
 
 thick 
 
 )ykkur 
 
 the washing bvotturinn 
 
 thin 
 
 )imnur 
 
 the watch liriB 
 
 thirsty {)yrstur 
 
 water vatn 
 
 / am very 
 
 eg er mikiS 
 
 give me some gefiB mer vatn 
 
 thirsty 
 
 byrstur 
 
 water 
 
 this bessi 
 
 the water closet naBhiisiB 
 
 time timi 
 
 the way vegurinn 
 
 what is the 
 
 hva5 er fram- 
 
 show me the visiB m^rveg- 
 
 time? 
 
 or3i5 ? 
 
 way inn 
 
 to til, i, a" 
 
 which way hvaBa veg verB 
 
 to-day 
 
 i dag 
 
 must I go? eg aB fara? 
 
 to-morrow 
 
 a morgun 
 
 which is the hvar ervegur- 
 
 tobacco t6bak 
 
 way to? inn til?
 
 113 
 
 we 
 
 vr, vid 
 
 window 
 
 gluggi 
 
 weather 
 
 vedur 
 
 wine 
 
 vin 
 
 will it be fair 
 
 aitli bad verdi 
 
 have you any 
 
 hafid [X'T nokk- 
 
 weather? 
 
 gott vedur 
 
 wine ? 
 
 ud \ in 
 
 will it be bad 
 
 aetli bad verdi 
 
 Portwine or 
 
 portvin eda 
 
 weather? 
 
 vont vedur 
 
 Sherry? 
 
 serri 
 
 well 
 
 gott, godur, 
 
 with 
 
 med 
 
 
 friskur 
 
 without 
 
 an 
 
 I am not well 
 
 eg er ekki g6d- 
 
 woman 
 
 kona 
 
 
 ur, friskur 
 
 wood 
 
 skogur, vidur 
 
 west 
 
 veslur 
 
 to write 
 
 ad skrifa 
 
 wet 
 
 volur 
 
 to write a 
 
 ad skrifa breT 
 
 what 
 
 hvad 
 
 letter 
 
 
 where 
 
 hvar 
 
 year 
 
 ar 
 
 when 
 
 hvena3r 
 
 yes 
 
 j& 
 
 which 
 
 liver, hvada 
 
 yet 
 
 enn, ennbiH 
 
 ichy ? 
 
 bvi 
 
 you 
 
 b6r 
 
 will you 
 
 vilid ber 
 
 you are 
 
 b6r erud 
 
 wild 
 
 villur 
 
 are you? 
 
 erud b6r? 
 
 wind 
 
 vindur 
 
 yourself 
 
 ber sjalfur 
 
 
 11. Necessary Questions. 
 
 
 I want 
 
 Mig vantar, eg 
 
 some brandy 
 
 brennivin, kon- 
 
 
 barf, eg vil 
 
 
 iakk 
 
 
 ft 
 
 a bottle of 
 
 brennivins 
 
 some bacon 
 
 nesk 
 
 brandy 
 
 flOsku 
 
 a banker 
 
 vixlara 
 
 some bread 
 
 braud 
 
 a bath 
 
 bad 
 
 to breakfast 
 
 ad borda morg- 
 
 my beard shav- 
 
 skegg mitt rak- 
 
 
 unverd 
 
 ed 
 
 ad 
 
 tea, coffee, 
 
 tevatn, kaffi 
 
 a bedroom 
 
 svefnherbergi 
 
 two eggs and 
 
 tvo egg og 
 
 some beer 
 
 bj6r 
 
 bacon 
 
 flesk 
 
 my bill 
 
 reikninginn 
 
 or ham 
 
 eda hangid 
 
 
 minn 
 
 
 svinslaBri 
 
 the bill of 
 
 matarlistann 
 
 a brush 
 
 bursta 
 
 fare 
 
 
 some butter 
 
 smjrtr 
 
 my boots clean- 
 
 stigvelin min 
 
 to buy 
 
 ad kaupa 
 
 ed 
 
 lireinsud 
 
 
 Jferdanokann 
 
 my boots soled 
 
 stigvelin min 
 
 my carpetbag 
 
 i minn 
 
 
 sulud 
 
 a carriage 
 
 vagn 
 
 Icelandic Grammar. 
 
 8
 
 114 
 
 for one, two eina, tvser 
 
 a horse best 
 
 hours stundir 
 
 some ink blek 
 
 for a day einn dag 
 
 an interpreter tulk 
 
 the chamber- pj6nustu stiilku 
 
 the landlord htisb6ndann 
 
 maid 
 
 my letters brefm min 
 
 some cheese ost 
 
 to write a letter a9 skrifa bref 
 
 to change some a5 skipta nokk- 
 
 to post a letter a9 koma l.irefi 
 
 money rum pening- 
 
 A postlinn 
 
 um 
 
 my linnen linfotin min 
 
 my coat frakkann minn 
 
 washed ^vegin 
 
 my collars kragana mina 
 
 my baggage farangurinn 
 
 washed pvegna 
 
 minn 
 
 a cup of coffee kaffibolla 
 
 some meat kjot 
 
 a cup of tea tevatnsbolla 
 
 cold meat kalt kjot 
 
 a comb kamb 
 
 hot meat heitt kjot 
 
 to dine a8 borSa mi5- 
 
 pepper pipar 
 
 dagsverQ 
 
 pens penna 
 
 fish fisk 
 
 the porter burSarmanninn 
 
 roast meat steikt kjOt 
 
 roast beaf steikt nautakjot 
 
 boiled meat so9i5 kjot 
 
 mutton - sauftakjot 
 
 potatoes jarSepli, kart- 
 
 veal - kdlfskjot 
 
 Oplur 
 
 pork - svinakjot 
 
 vegetables kalmeti 
 
 the railway jarnbrautin 
 
 pudding biicJing 
 
 a room herbergi 
 
 salad salat 
 
 some salt salt 
 
 drawers naerbuxur 
 
 to see the town a5 sja baeinn 
 
 eggs egg 
 
 - - - thea- - - Ieikhusi5 
 
 a fire eld 
 
 tre 
 
 to get up at aft fara faetur 
 
 to see the pro- - - skemmli- 
 
 5 o'clock klukkanfimm 
 
 menade gdngusviQiS 
 
 a glass of water glas af vatni 
 
 dry sheets burrar rekk- 
 
 a glass of wine glas af vlni 
 
 vo8ir 
 
 to go to the . . a9 fara til 
 
 shirts skirtur 
 
 to goby steamer a9 fara med 
 
 my shirts skirturnar min- 
 
 gufuskipi 
 
 washed ar pvegnar 
 
 to go by rail- a9 fara me5 
 
 a sitting room herbergi 
 
 way jirnbraut 
 
 my slippers morgunskona 
 
 to go to bed a5 hatta 
 
 mina 
 
 some ham hangift svins- 
 
 some soap sdpu 
 
 Ia3ri 
 
 a stick staf 
 
 a good hotel gott gestgjafa- 
 
 my stockings sokkaiia mina 
 
 hus 
 
 suggar sikur
 
 115 
 
 supper 
 
 kvi>ldver5 
 
 help me 
 
 lijalpa IIKT 
 
 a ticket 
 
 bilseti 
 
 let me 
 
 l;ila mig 
 
 for the 1 st class 
 
 a" fyrsta pla"ss 
 
 let me have 
 
 1,-ila mig Inl.i 
 
 forthe2" d class 
 
 a annad plass 
 
 look for 
 
 ga a 9 
 
 toothbrush 
 
 tannbursta 
 
 look after 
 
 lita eptir 
 
 my trowsers 
 
 luixurnarminar 
 
 make 
 
 gjOra 
 
 my trunk 
 
 koffortift mitt 
 
 mend 
 
 gjOra vi8 
 
 umbrella 
 
 regnhlif 
 
 oblige 
 
 lij.-iijia uiu 
 
 you to wake me 
 
 a<5 ber veki8 
 
 pick 
 
 Una 
 
 at . . . 
 
 mig urn . . . 
 
 please 
 
 p6knast 
 
 the waiter 
 
 bjdninn 
 
 procure 
 
 utvega 
 
 some water 
 
 vatn 
 
 recommend 
 
 myela me8 
 
 hot water 
 
 heitt vatn 
 
 remain 
 
 vera eptir 
 
 cold water 
 
 kalt vatn 
 
 rest 
 
 hvila 
 
 watch 
 
 ur 
 
 ride 
 
 ri9a 
 
 wine 
 
 vin 
 
 row 
 
 roa 
 
 a bottle of wine 
 
 flosku af vini 
 
 skate 
 
 fara a skauluin 
 
 port wine 
 
 portvin 
 
 speak 
 
 tala 
 
 sherry 
 
 serri 
 
 swim 
 
 synda 
 
 claret 
 
 rau5a vin 
 
 stay 
 
 dvelja 
 
 
 
 stop 
 
 standa vi9 
 
 111. Will you 
 
 Vili8 per 
 
 tell me 
 walk 
 
 segja m6r 
 ganga 
 
 ask 
 
 spyrja, bi8ja 
 
 
 
 assist me 
 
 hjdlpa mer 
 
 IV. Does the 
 
 bring 
 call me 
 
 ftera, bera 
 kalla ;i mig 
 
 bell ring? 
 
 hringir bjallan? 
 
 come 
 
 koma 
 
 coach go to A? 
 
 fer vagninn til 
 
 drive 
 
 aka 
 
 
 A? 
 
 divide 
 
 skipta 
 
 coach stop at B? 
 
 stendur vagn- 
 
 do 
 
 gjOra 
 
 
 inn vtf i 
 
 do me 
 
 gjOra fyrir mig 
 
 
 B? 
 
 fetch 
 
 srekja 
 
 - slop here? 
 
 stendur vagn- 
 
 find 
 
 finna 
 
 
 inn vi8 
 
 get 
 
 la 
 
 
 he>na? 
 
 go to 
 
 fara til 
 
 - leave at? 
 
 fer vagninn 
 
 away 
 
 fara burtu 
 
 
 hurt? 
 
 from 
 
 fara fra" 
 
 - take pass- 
 
 tekur vagninn 
 
 give me 
 
 gefa mer 
 
 engers? 
 
 vi8 fer8a- 
 
 go with 
 
 fara me9 
 
 
 mOnnum? 
 
 go on 
 
 fara afram 
 
 coach start at ? 
 
 fer vagninn a 
 
 hand me 
 
 retta mt'-r 
 
 
 sta8? 
 
 
 
 8*
 
 116 
 
 road lead to ? 
 
 f liggur vegur- 
 
 V. Is it? 
 
 E r h a n n 
 
 - take to? 
 
 l inn til? 
 
 
 (ba8) 
 
 - pass near? 
 
 liggur vegurinn 
 
 
 \ |'vy 
 
 
 naerri? 
 
 attentive 
 
 aftgnetinn 
 
 - crosses at ? 
 
 liggur vegurinn 
 
 bad 
 
 vondur 
 
 
 yflrum 
 
 beautiful 
 
 fagur 
 
 railway go to ? 
 
 liggur jarn- 
 
 bitter 
 
 bitur 
 
 
 brautin 
 
 black 
 
 svarlur 
 
 train go quick? 
 
 fer jdrnbrautar- 
 
 blue 
 
 blar 
 
 
 lestin hart? 
 
 blunt 
 
 slj6r 
 
 train go slow ? 
 
 ferjarnbrautar- 
 
 bold 
 
 djarfur 
 
 
 lestin hffigt? 
 
 broad 
 
 brei5ur 
 
 mail start 
 
 fer posturinn 
 
 brown 
 
 brunn 
 
 
 af sta5? 
 
 careless 
 
 skeylingarlaus 
 
 journey take 
 
 varir fer5in 
 
 cheap 
 
 6dyr 
 
 long? 
 
 lengi? 
 
 clean 
 
 hreinn 
 
 steamer start 
 
 fer gufuskipift 
 
 clever 
 
 lipur 
 
 from? 
 
 frd? 
 
 cold 
 
 kaldur 
 
 steamer pass 
 
 fer gufuskipiS 
 
 dark 
 
 dimmur 
 
 here? 
 
 herna framhjS? 
 
 dear 
 
 dv^r 
 
 steamer stops 
 
 stendur gufu- 
 
 deep 
 
 djupur 
 
 here? 
 
 skipiQ herna 
 
 disagreeable 
 
 6paegilegur 
 
 
 vi8? 
 
 difficult 
 
 erfi5ur 
 
 steamer stop 
 
 stendur gufu- 
 
 dirty 
 
 6hreinn 
 
 at? 
 
 skipiS vi9 i? 
 
 dry 
 
 purr 
 
 steamer land 
 
 lastur gufuskip- 
 
 easy 
 
 auftvekliir 
 
 passengers ? 
 
 i9 fer9a- 
 
 empty 
 
 t6mur 
 
 
 menn a 
 
 false 
 
 6sannur 
 
 
 land? 
 
 far 
 
 langt 
 
 way lead over ? 
 
 liggur vegurinn 
 
 fine 
 
 fallegur 
 
 
 yfir? 
 
 flat 
 
 flatur 
 
 way lead 
 
 liggur vegurinn 
 
 full 
 
 fullur 
 
 through ? 
 
 gegnum ? 
 
 green 
 
 grapnn 
 
 way go right? 
 
 liggur vegurinn 
 
 good 
 
 go9ur 
 
 
 til hsegri? 
 
 great 
 
 mikill 
 
 - left? 
 
 liggur vegurinn 
 
 grateful 
 
 bakkldtur 
 
 
 til vinstri? 
 
 grey 
 
 grir 
 
 - strait 
 
 liggur vegurinn 
 
 hard 
 
 har9ur 
 
 on? 
 
 beint alram? 
 
 heavy 
 
 J)ungur 
 
 time admit of? 
 
 leyfir timinn. 
 
 healthy 
 
 heilnrcmur. 
 
 
 
 
 heilsugoSur 
 
 
 
 hiqh 
 
 bar
 
 117 
 
 hollow 
 
 hoi ur 
 
 short 
 
 honest 
 
 rdQvandur 
 
 sick 
 
 hot 
 
 heilur 
 
 small 
 
 kind 
 
 g69ur 
 
 soft 
 
 large 
 
 st6r 
 
 sour 
 
 left 
 
 leifQur, eptir 
 
 strong 
 
 tight 
 
 leltur 
 
 stupid 
 
 long 
 
 langur 
 
 sweet 
 
 low 
 
 Mgur 
 
 tedious 
 
 mild 
 
 mildur 
 
 thick 
 
 narrow 
 
 brOngur 
 
 thin 
 
 near 
 
 na?rri 
 
 tired 
 
 new 
 
 n 5 r 
 
 true 
 
 nice 
 
 nettur 
 
 uggly 
 
 obliging 
 
 grei5vikinn 
 
 unhealthy 
 
 old 
 
 gamall 
 
 unwell 
 
 polite 
 
 kurteis 
 
 warm 
 
 poor 
 
 fdtaekur, vesall 
 
 weak 
 
 prudent 
 
 hygginn, for- 
 
 well 
 
 
 sjall 
 
 wet 
 
 red 
 
 rauour 
 
 white 
 
 rich 
 
 rikur 
 
 wild 
 
 right 
 
 r6ttur 
 
 wide 
 
 ripe 
 
 ]}roska5ur 
 
 wise 
 
 rough 
 
 6slettur 
 
 wrong 
 
 round 
 
 kringlottur, si- 
 
 yellow 
 
 
 valur 
 
 young 
 
 sharp 
 
 skarpur 
 
 
 stuttur 
 sjukur 
 If till 
 
 mjiikur 
 
 sur 
 
 sterkur 
 
 liciinskur 
 
 saetur 
 
 leidinlegur 
 
 >ykkur 
 
 mnniir 
 'jreyttur 
 sannur 
 Ij6tur 
 
 6heiln:emur 
 6friskur 
 heitur 
 veikur 
 heilbrig3ur 
 volur 
 hvitur 
 viltur 
 viSur 
 vi tin- 
 ran gur 
 gulur 
 ungur 
 
 VI. Adverbs. 
 
 nil 
 
 alls 
 
 by all means 
 
 fyrir alia muni 
 
 almost, 
 
 naestum 
 
 by no means 
 
 fyrirenganimm 
 
 already 
 
 pegar 
 
 by and by 
 
 vi5 og vi8, br;i5- 
 
 always 
 
 alltaf 
 
 
 iini 
 
 at last 
 
 ad siftuslu 
 
 certainly 
 
 vissulega 
 
 at once 
 
 i einu, undir- 
 
 daily 
 
 daglega 
 
 
 eins 
 
 early 
 
 snemma 
 
 because 
 
 af [nia9 
 
 else 
 
 annars 
 
 besides 
 
 auk 
 
 enough 
 
 u6g 
 
 but' 
 
 en 
 
 ere 
 
 45or
 
 118 
 
 ever 
 
 jafnan, setiS 
 
 out lit 
 
 extremely 
 
 mjog 
 
 perhaps ef til vill 
 
 exceedingly, 
 
 einstaklega 
 
 pretty fallegt 
 
 here 
 
 her 
 
 quite alveg 
 
 hither 
 
 hingaQ 
 
 scarce valla 
 
 hourly 
 
 hverja stund 
 
 seldom sjaldan 
 
 how 
 
 hvernig, hversu 
 
 since si5an 
 
 however 
 
 samt sem ciftur 
 
 so svo 
 
 if 
 
 ef 
 
 some nokkucf 
 
 in 
 
 i 
 
 sometimes stundum 
 
 indeed 
 
 svo 
 
 SOOM bra5um 
 
 in fact 
 
 i raun rettri 
 
 surely vissulega 
 
 in this manner 
 
 svona 
 
 then 
 
 )a 
 
 in short 
 
 i stuttu mali 
 
 there 
 
 )ar 
 
 just now 
 
 einmitt niina 
 
 thither 
 
 )anga5 
 
 late 
 
 seint 
 
 thus 
 
 jannig 
 
 like 
 
 likt 
 
 till 
 
 )anga9 til 
 
 monthly 
 
 manaSarlega 
 
 to-day : 
 
 dag 
 
 much 
 
 mikicJ 
 
 to-morrow a morgun 
 
 neither-nor 
 
 hvorki-ne 
 
 to-night i 
 
 kvold 
 
 never 
 
 aldrei 
 
 truly sannarlega 
 
 no 
 
 nei 
 
 well vel 
 
 no doubt 
 
 efalaust 
 
 very mjog 
 
 not 
 
 ekki 
 
 where? hvar? 
 
 not at all 
 
 alls ekki 
 
 whence? hvaftan? 
 
 nothing 
 
 ekkert 
 
 why? pvi? 
 
 now 
 
 nu 
 
 with I 
 
 i me9an 
 
 of course 
 
 sjalfsagt 
 
 without doubt efalaust 
 
 only 
 
 einungis 
 
 yearly arlega 
 
 oft 
 
 opt 
 
 yesterday i 
 
 ga3r 
 
 once 
 
 einusinni 
 
 yet enn, ennpa 
 
 over 
 
 yfir 
 
 
 VII. Voyage to Iceland. 
 
 / go to Iceland 
 When? 
 to-morrow 
 how? 
 
 by the steamer from Grange- 
 mouth, 
 
 eg fer til Islands 
 hvenaer? 
 a morgun 
 hvernig? 
 
 me<5 gufuskipinu fra Grange- 
 mouth,
 
 119 
 
 It is a screw steamer 
 
 It comes from Copenhagen 
 
 And goes to Reykjavik 
 rails at Grangemouth 
 
 On their outward and home- 
 ward voyaije 
 
 six times a year 
 
 The ship is clean ami fast 
 
 The danish cheer provided is 
 ample and loholesome 
 
 No man used to luxuries 
 
 Shonld make the trip 
 
 Even in fine weather 
 
 A few Icelanders are an board 
 
 The to eat her is excellent 
 We left the Shetlands yesterday 
 The Faroe islands are in sight 
 Their mountains and cliffs are 
 
 lofty 
 At noon we reashed Nalsoe 
 
 From which we went to Thors- 
 haven 
 
 We leave the Faroes for Ice- 
 land 
 
 Iceland is one- fifth larger than 
 Ireland 
 
 It is situated about 500 miles 
 N. W. of Scotland 
 
 The Needles of Portland Head 
 
 are curious 
 We pass the singular rock called 
 
 the ,,Mealsack" and see Rey- 
 
 kianaes 
 
 The horizon is so clear, that 
 ice see in the north the mag- 
 nificent outline of the Snae- 
 fells Jo kul 
 
 The view is magnificent 
 
 >,') <T 
 
 |)a5 kermir IV;i KaupmannahdAi, 
 og fer til Ileykjavikur; 
 ]>afi kenitir vi8 i Grangemouth 
 a ut- og heim-leiftinni, 
 
 sex sin num a ,'iri. 
 
 Skipift er hreint og trau>(. 
 
 Ilin danska f;e3a, sem vein er, 
 
 er mikil og liciln.-nn. 
 Enginn inadur, vanur vifisii-llili, 
 setti a9 fara pa for, 
 jafnvel f ^goSu veSri. 
 FAeinir Islendingar eru a 
 
 skipinu 
 
 Ve9ri8 er ^gaelt. 
 \ IT torum fra Skotlandi i ga3r. 
 Fa3reyararnar eru i syn. 
 Fjollin og bjOrgin d |>eim eru 
 
 hi. 
 Urn hadegi komumsl V'T til 
 
 N^lseyar, 
 jiarian forum ver til jiorshafnar. 
 
 \ cr ITtrum fra F*reyuin til fs- 
 
 Island er einum flmta liluta 
 
 slrerra en Irland 
 |)a91iggur h6rumbil fimin liund- 
 
 ru5 milur i utnorihir frd 
 
 Skollandi 
 Drangarnir viQ Dyrfadlaey (Port- 
 
 land) eru skrilnir. 
 Vi9 ft) nun framhja hinuni si'-r- 
 
 slaklega kletti, sem kalla^ur 
 
 erMelsekkur, og sj;Uim I<'\ k- 
 
 janes 
 Lopti5 er svo bjarl, a5 ver 
 
 sjaum i nordri hina lignlegu 
 af Snaefellsjokli; 
 
 Ulsjonin er vegleg
 
 120 
 
 We soon reach the bay in which 
 lies the capital Reykjavik 
 
 Here you will find an hotel 
 
 It is not a bad one 
 
 But you have only a week to 
 
 return by the steamer 
 We want ponies by to-morrow 
 
 for the Geysers 
 Early, very early I 
 The Icelanders think little of 
 
 time 
 
 It is indefinite, 
 Early in Iceland, is at any time 
 
 during the forenoon 
 The beds are delicious 
 This is the land of eider-down 
 The icinter requires warmths, 
 
 rest, sleep 
 The harbour and Esianrange 
 
 is visible 
 
 There is a pretty cemetery 
 At its foot is the road to Bessa- 
 
 stad 
 This is the promenade of the 
 
 beau monde 
 There is a cathedral 
 It contains a font by Thor- 
 
 waldsen, 
 
 who was of Icelandic parentage. 
 At the back of the church is 
 
 the Alsing, the house of par- 
 lament of the island, 
 But the whole town looks more 
 
 like a village. 
 Society here is purely Danish. 
 
 The great natural phenomena, 
 with the exception of the 
 Krabla, lie in and about the 
 south-west portion of the is- 
 land. 
 
 Ve"r komumst bra'Sum inna" flo- 
 
 ann, barsem hofu3sta5urinn 
 
 Reykjavik liggur. 
 Par er gestgjaf'a bus; 
 ba5 er ekki sla3mt; 
 JDer hafi5 a5eins viku, ef per 
 
 fari5 aptur rne5 gufuskipinu. 
 Vi5 burfum hesta a" morgun 
 
 til Geysis; 
 
 snemma bra"Ssnemma ! 
 fslendingar hugsa eigi miki5 
 
 urn limann; 
 ba8 er oakvar5a9. 
 Snemma a" Island! er allt til 
 
 ha"degis. 
 
 Riimin eru inndsel; 
 betta er eeftarduns land. 
 'A veturna })urfa menn hita, 
 
 hvild, svefn. 
 Hofnin sest og fjallgar8ur sa", 
 
 sem kallaQur er Esjan. 
 barna er laglegur kirkjugar9ur. 
 Fram hja honum liggur vegur- 
 
 inn til Bessasta3a. 
 Hann er skernmtig Ongusvid 
 
 hinna ungu manna, 
 Jiarna er domkirkja, 
 par er skirnarfontur eptir 
 
 Thorvaldsen 
 
 Fa9ir hans var Islendingur 
 'A bak viS kirkjnna ( er er bus 
 
 J)a5, sem Aiding Jslands er 
 
 haldift i. 
 Allur ba3rinn litur lit likt og 
 
 borp. 
 Samkvcemin eru b6r me3 alveg 
 
 dOnslui sni5i. 
 Hin miklu natturu einkenni 
 
 eru Oil i og kringum su9- 
 
 vestur hluta landsins , a5 
 
 KrOflu undan skildri.
 
 121 
 
 The island is volcanic. 
 At Thingvalla, of historic re- 
 noun, is good shooting. 
 
 It is one of the most wonder- 
 ful sights in the world. 
 All are riding ponies. 
 No one thinks of walking here. 
 
 The Salmon fishing is excellent 
 
 sport, 
 Particularly the salmon rivers 
 
 at Bogar Fiord. 
 From here you can go to Snae- 
 
 fells Jo'kul 
 Visit the valley of Reykholt and 
 
 its terminal waters, 
 The cave of Surtshellir, 
 Than, if you have time, go 
 
 across country to Geyser and 
 
 Hekla. 
 Generally the visitors only go 
 
 to the Geysers and Hekla. 
 You ought to have good travel- 
 ling books. 
 
 LamliJf er fullt af eldfjullum. 
 'A I'ingvolliim. SCID iiafMl'iM'iMr 
 
 eru i siigulegu tilliti, er n6g 
 
 a8 skjoia. 
 I*eir er ein liin umlrunarverS- 
 
 asta sjun i heimi. 
 Allir rifta a" heslum. 
 Engum delliir i hug ad ^;niu r a 
 
 ber. 
 Laxveidi er ^gaet skemmtun, 
 
 cinkuni i lax.inum i Borgar- 
 
 He5an mfi lara til Sria3fells- 
 
 jokuls 
 Sko8iS Reykholtsdalinn og 
 
 laugarnar J)ar. 
 Surtshellir 
 Ef l>er hafid J)i lima til, geti8 
 
 per fari9 ylir um Iandi8 til 
 
 Geysis og Heklu. 
 Vanalega fara fer5amenn aSeins 
 
 til Geysis og Heklu. 
 per 0etti9 aS hafa go5ar ferSa- 
 
 baekur.
 
 LIST OP 
 
 ICELANDIC BOOKS 
 
 IN STOCK OK IMPORTED BY 
 
 FRANZ THIMM 
 
 EUROPEAN AND ORIENTAL BOOKSELLER 3 BROOK STREET. 
 GROSVEJiOR SQRE, LONDON. W. 
 
 f. S. d. 
 
 Andreae, Lexicon Islandicum. ed. Resenius. 4. 1683. 14 
 
 Dietrich's, Altnordisches Lesebueh, Poesie und Prosa bis 
 
 XV. Jahrh. 1843. 4 6 
 Edda Islandorum. Islandice, danice et latine. ed. Rese- 
 nius. 4 paries. 4. 166573. 3 
 
 Saemnndi, dicta Voluspa, Iscel. elLat. ed. Resenii, 4. 1673. 1 10 
 
 - Semundar Hinns Froda. 3 Vol. 4. 17871828. 55 
 
 - die, iibersetzt von Simrock, 8. 1855. 76 
 Egilsson, Lexicon pret. anti. Linguae septentrionalis. 1854. 2 10 
 Fommanna. Sogur eplir gomlum Handritum utgefnar ad Tilh- 
 
 lutun bins Norraena Fornfraeda Felags; in Icelandic. 12 
 Vols. 8. Kop. 18121837. 2 10 
 
 Gilasun'S, DonskOrdabok, medlslenzumThydingum. 4. 1851. 14 
 
 - urn frum. parta Islenzkrar tungu i fornold. 1846. 7 6 
 Grimm, W. C. Alldanische Heldenlieder, Balladen u. Mar- 
 
 chen, iibersetzt ins Deutsche. 1. 1811. 9 
 
 Haldorsen'S Lexicon Islandico-latino-danicum ed.Rask. 1814. 2 10 - 
 
 Jonsson'S Oldnordisk (islandsk-dansk) Ordbog. Cop. 1863. 1 1 
 Ire. (J. Glossarium Suio-Gothicum ; Dialect. Moceso-Gothica, 
 
 Anglo-Saxonica, Anglica hodierna, Islandica, etc. 2 Vol. 
 
 Folio. 1769. 4 10 
 
 Islands Landnamabok : Islandice el Lat. 4to. 1774. 1 1 
 
 Roppen. Liter. Einleilung in die Nordische Mythologie. 1837. 5 
 
 Mboius, fiber die allesle islandische Saga. 1852. 3 
 
 Ueber die altnordische Philologie 1864. 16 
 
 Analecta Norrasna. Island. u.Tiorw. Lit. d. Mittelalters 1859. 70 
 Miiller, L. G. Islandsk Laesebog. Kop. 1836. 8 
 Pfeiffer, Altnordisches Lesebueh. Text, Grammatik, Worth. 
 
 1860. 9 
 
 Rask, die Verslehre der Islander, deutsch. von Mohnike. 1830. 2 
 
 - Undersogelse om del gamle islandske nordiske eller 
 
 Sprogs Oprindelse. Cop. 1818. 10 
 
 Icelandic Grammer by Dacent (rare) 1843. Cloth. 14 
 Scripta Historica Islandorum de rebus gestis veterum 
 
 Borealium. ed. Soc. Reg. Antiq. Sept. 12 Vols. 8. Cop. 
 1828/46. 55 
 
 Wheaton'S history of the Northmen 1831. 8 6
 
 University of California 
 
 SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 
 405 Hilgard Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90024-1388 
 
 Return this material to the library 
 
 from which it was borrowed.
 
 A 000035118 9